This Years Best Laptops From Dell

This Years Best Laptops From Dell 

Find the best laptops for your specific needs in 2022

In 2022, laptops will need to perform more tasks than ever before. After all, more people are working remotely than ever before. The best laptops don't just deliver the best performance, they're also well-designed, comfortable, powerful, reliable and immersive.

Dell provides devices with exceptional performance, exceptional reliability, and stylish design. Whether it's a laptop for home office productivity, multimedia streaming, light creative work, competitive gaming, or everyday use, Dell has laptops that can meet your needs and exceed your expectations.

What are the specs of the best laptops?

The best laptop for your lifestyle differs depending on the laptop's role in your life. Is your laptop your main source of entertainment? In this case, you can choose larger screen sizes and better refresh rates. Is your laptop just a productivity tool? It is better to look for laptops that have longer battery life and are more portable. You can be a professional graphic designer who multitasks and pays attention to visual details to support as many applications as possible, or you can be a student hoping to get the most value out of your laptop on a budget.

Thanks to the evolving nature of business these days, laptops need to be more portable than ever before. Even professionals who aren't used to traveling for their job work outside the office, so a well-designed laptop in 2022 that doesn't take too much time and effort to set up may make the most sense for you. Here are other factors to consider:

battery life

Battery life varies greatly from one laptop to the next. If you often need to use your laptop away from a power source, you'll want a computer that offers more hours of use between charges. More professionals than ever are working remotely, so battery life and portability are more important than ever.

Size and form factor

Small laptops with 11-inch or 13-inch screens are generally lighter and more portable and suitable for people who need to stay "on the go" for work. Larger laptops with 15 or 17 inch screens are better for multimedia and creative applications. This is because creatives often have two large screens to run multiple apps at once. With these factors in mind, the best laptop size will depend on your exact needs.

Screen type and resolution

In 2022, touchscreen laptops could be an upgrade worth making. It's better for users who want a more intuitive experience, and it's also great for creatives. For example, a touchscreen can make it easy for illustrators and designers to draw, take notes or save space in the office. 4K laptop provides a higher, more premium viewing experience. With higher resolutions, these laptops provide a more immersive experience for work, play or streaming.

Keyboard comfort

The ergonomic keyboard is ideal for users who spend more time on their laptop. Laptops aren't just for work or entertainment, and you're likely to use your computer for more than one reason.

That's why a more comfortable keyboard may make sense for you, no matter your situation or setting.

Optimal performans

There are several components of a computer that make it among the best of 2022:

The latest processors can handle more tasks simultaneously and improve system performance when working with graphics, video and gaming applications. Multiple cores are suitable for daily use. Alternatively, a quad-core laptop that combines multiple processors on a single CPU board for higher performance.

The best laptop should have at least 16 GB of memory. If you are looking for a gaming laptop, 32GB is recommended for the best gaming experience.

A solid-state drive (SSD) is faster and lighter than the traditional hard disk drive (HDD), though it may cost a bit more.

Everything you're looking for in a laptop, you can find it at Dell. Combining outstanding performance and reliability with stylish form factors and a range of options, the XPS and Inspiron devices are among Dell's best laptops this year.

XPS laptops

XPS laptops are the perfect combination of style and power. Designed by perfectionists, XPS laptops are precision-crafted with high-quality materials and have the performance needed for great visuals and creative tasks and big ideas. The stunning displays on XPS laptops are designed for high resolution and incredible color accuracy for endless color and brilliant detail.

Its high-performance components are packed into a smaller, thinner, and lighter design. The groundbreaking technologies provide users with more immersive experiences and pack a more powerful performance. XPS are also equipped with the latest processors and graphics cards, which helps ensure that they remain among the best college laptops, and the best overall laptops from Dell.

Inspiron laptops

Inspiron laptops provide everyday essentials to power your day and enhance your life at home. Whether it's checking email, video chatting, listening to music, posting on social media, or streaming movies, Inspiron laptops keep you connected to what matters most.

Thoughtful designs allow users to choose features and options that fit your lifestyle. Latest generation processors, robust storage and memory, and UHD displays deliver outstanding performance in a compact design. Lightweight materials, stunning sound and visuals, and meaningful innovations all help Inspiron devices become the best laptops for writers and the best laptops for students in Dell's portfolio.

The best gaming laptops from Dell

Alienware laptops

Alienware laptops take you deep into every game. With leading design and functionality, Alienware laptops feature thin bezels to maximize the display and deliver a more immersive experience. Alienware laptops also offer innovative ventilation and cooling technology that helps improve thermal performance, increase airflow rates and strengthen the chassis.

NVIDIA GeForce or AMD Radeon graphics and SSD storage also work together to provide Alienware laptops with the speed and power for faster gameplay, thanks to the latest Intel core processors.

G-Series gaming laptops

G-Series laptops are designed for the needs of mainstream gamers. Powerful processors and efficient cooling technology deliver a portable gaming-first laptop that won't break the bank. NVIDIA GeForce RTX graphics and 8 GB of GDDR6 video memory deliver clear and detailed visuals. An optional 144Hz display ensures fluid visuals and greater responsiveness for more competitive gameplay.

Why are Dell laptops the best choice in 2022?

more options
With Dell's XPS and Inspiron laptops, you'll have many preset configurations for everything from screen size and touchscreen options to processors, memory, memory type and graphics cards.

Free shipping and easy returns

Every Dell laptop ships free of charge with standard delivery. If you don't love your purchase, the process is hassle-free: You can return it within 30 days. 

Price match

If you see a lower price on the Internet for a product equivalent to your Dell laptop, Dell will match that advertised price.

Expert help

Every Dell laptop includes technical support offered online and over the phone, plus a 1-year limited hardware warranty with lots of options for upgrades.

The best free antivirus for 2022

The best free antivirus for 2022

If you think that an effective antivirus costs a good amount, you will be pleased to know that you can get it absolutely free.

Of course, they lock some advanced features or additional tools like a password manager so that only paying customers can get the whole set.

Most of the software here is Windows macOS, available for Android and iOS, but you'll see fewer features on iOS especially as Windows users use it more, but since it's all free, you can install it on as many devices as you want.

It comes with Windows Defender, and you may be surprised to learn that it's no better than paid antivirus protection. If you're using Windows but know it doesn't have any additional features, this is definitely an easy choice. Features you get elsewhere, such as browser plug-ins that warn you of fake websites to protect you from phishing attacks

Bitdefender Antivirus Free Release used to be one of our top recommendations, but unfortunately the company no longer offers it. All you can get now is a test for Total Security.

Should you get a free antivirus?

The advantage of free antivirus is that it does not always offer the most complete protection. This is better than nothing, but the free versions don't have some advanced protection layers that you often get paid for the equivalent.

Therefore, the use of the term antivirus can be confusing. Antivirus is usually only one component of a good security product and is only one component of a good security product, which may include special protection from ransomware, as well as parental controls from a spam filter. If you are not interested in free products, you will be surprised at what you can get without paying or even delivering your email address.

Free antivirus software from Avast and others provides excellent protection against viruses, as you can see below.

Note: Authorities such as the FCC and BSI do not currently recommend the use of Kaspersky products, and although Tech Advisor owner Foundry has stopped cooperating with Russian companies and removed Kaspersky-related content from our websites, you will not find any purchase links. for these products

If you want comprehensive protection and support, including the paid version, you can find recommendations in our best antivirus compilation.

Best Free Antivirus for 2022

1. Avast One Essential

ProsCons
Excellent protectionSome features require you to upgrade
5GB VPN usage per weekMore limited protection for Android & iOS

Avast One is a new security package that combines anti-phishing VPN and other protections in one application. If you go to the website, the Free download message is a bit confusing, but it has a completely free version called Avast One Essential.

Easy to understand and use, has an intuitive light interface, Windows macOS supports Android and iOS, although it also works on the iPad, only the iPhone app is really enlarged

Windows and macOS, despite the most limited features, get the largest share. This is standard, mainly for the way iOS works.

Under this new interface, Avast Free Antivirus has the same excellent antivirus engine and shows very good results in tests performed by independent laboratories, and in addition to blocking viruses, it reliably warns you about fake websites where you can accidentally enter your login information and block it by default. .. ransomware program that encrypts files stored in typical folders

There is also a built-in VPN that offers a generous 5 GB of bandwidth per week. Several big names that pay for security packages offer less, so it's free. The bad news is that you can't choose from the list. Avast One Premium is available in 35 countries. It only connects to the fastest places in your country, so it doesn't block websites or streaming services for you.

Essential will check certain email addresses and let you know if they have been compromised, but you will have to re-pay for the Premium to track the address and receive alerts.

But the limitations are inevitable Avast, of course, can not give everything for free, and what you get with One Essential is surprisingly generous, our new choice for free antivirus software

2. AVG AntiVirus Free

ProsCons
Great malware protectionNo VPN
Some useful extra featuresSlows down web page loading times

AVG belongs to Avast, but unlike Avast's One package, AVG does not have a new interface with dark gray and green accents that do not fully reflect the same friendly atmosphere.

AVG's free offer includes antivirus ransomware protection and stops other types of malware such as spyware.

AVG AntiVirus Free offers six different types of scans, including Deep Scan USB / DVD scan, single file or folder scans, and a download time scan that runs before Windows starts, so there is no chance of any hidden malware running and protecting itself. Product.

In addition to antivirus tasks, AVG alerts you to dangerous web connections and can block dangerous email attachments. really complain

In independent laboratory tests, AVG showed very good results, for example, in the latest report of the AV Test, Windows 10 scored an excellent 18/18. installed antivirus and an average slowdown of 17% in the industry

Unlike Avast One Essential, there is no VPN, so while this is still a good choice, if you are looking for a free antivirus, there are better ones these days.

Like the free version of Avast, AVGs are also available for Windows macOS for Android and iOS

3. Avira Free Security

ProsCons
Scores top marks in independent testsLots of features require an upgrade to Prime
Doesn't ask for any personal details

Avira is a German company that offers as much free antivirus software as we can remember.

There is a paid version called Avira Prime, but the free version uses the same malware detection engine that previously received high ratings from two major virus testing houses, AV test.org and AV Comparatives. high level of achieving the best overall protection of any antivirus

This is definitely a great achievement, but as soon as you start using Free Security, you will understand why it doesn't appear higher on this list. there are only Prime ads on them

If you can live with it, and it's not like most people open your antivirus on a daily basis, then it's a good idea to provide no personal information, not even a rare email address. Today and at this age, Avira makes it clear on its website that it does not sell information and will never sell it.

Our sister site Macworld also has a Mac version and Android and iOS versions that you can protect all your devices for free.

4. Microsoft Defender

ProsCons
Class-leading malware protectionWon't protect your non-Windows devices
Built into WindowsLacks additional protections found elsewhere

Many people think that Defender does not cope with this. It is part of Windows 10 and 11. It will work by default if no third-party antivirus products are installed.

In a recent report by False SE Labs, Windows Defender took second place, surpassing eight in fees paid for antivirus software. has excellent experience

It is also very convenient that Windows already protects your devices if you have not installed any other security software.

There is a widespread belief that Windows Defender has no toys in the box other than basic antivirus tasks. Recover files damaged by malware

You need to configure them, they are not activated by default, but this also applies to some competing products.

Suspicious samples can be sent automatically for a comprehensive cloud-based analysis Close integration with Windows also allows you to offer innovative login options, including Windows Hello, which allows you to access Defender with your face or fingerprint.

There is also an integrated Windows firewall, advanced maintenance protection and code protection against malicious software.

Secure Boot prevents other software, including AV software, from running and hiding rootkits or anything else until you have a chance to run them, scan tasks, run them during boot before Windows starts, thus preventing rootkits and other hidden malware. Delete programs include an offline scan that rejects it. a place to hide.

As a result, you may do worse than Microsoft Defender.

5. Kaspersky Security Cloud Free

ProsCons
Top-notch antivirus & ransomware protectionLimited VPN
Desktop & mobile appsVirtually no iOS features

Kaspersky is a big name in the field of antivirus and offers a free version for PC.

In some ways, this is good because you get the same VPN as the paid version. Windows also has other features such as file splitter and scanning for weak security settings. You pay to upgrade to the full version of Security Cloud Either this or that is actually stopped Kaspersky's password manager has a basic version that allows you to store 15 items.

VPN is similarly limited to providing only 200 MB of data per day, but strangely enough, it is the same as what you get with the paid version of Security Cloud.

Either way, you can get some nice free VPN and password managers, and it's good to have them as separate apps.

The big advantage here is Kaspersky's excellent basic antivirus protection, including file email and website.
Substantial threats are especially good to see automatic updates quarantine and more Effective ransomware protection

In a recent report by the independent SE Labs, Kaspersky scored nearly perfect for protection on Windows computers, which is especially reassuring.

There is also an Android version with antivirus protection, which received a full price in the latest tests of AV Test. However, this is not real-time protection, you need to perform scans manually Only the paid version constantly monitors threats.

Is free antivirus really free?

Yes, but you can violate some privacy Some companies may store and even sell usage information when you download and use their free products.

During the installation of these products, you may be asked if you want to allow data collection. Therefore, it is absolutely important that you read what you agree with when installing the program and be extra careful to turn off any data exchange.

Otherwise, you give the software the right to share some of your anonymous information with third parties, including advertisers and other companies.

The danger is that the company will understand how to anonymize this information, you do not want to take this risk.

Some free antivirus products will usually be supported by ads in their Android version. Find out if it's worth installing antivirus on Android and whether iPhones need to be protected from malware.

If any of these are bothering or disturbing you, take the time to read the privacy policy before installing the product.

And these days, antivirus software must comply with the GDPR in Europe and other privacy regulations in other countries.

Does the free antivirus program work?

Depending on how you look, privacy is probably not the most important factor. Antivirus software can infect your computer, laptop, phone, and tablet with malicious code, which can lead to problems such as stealing or even deleting personal information from annoying pop-ups. prevent. or encrypt your files

The effectiveness of an antivirus program changes over time, and a product that stops all viruses today may not do so tomorrow or within a month. protection from the same virus you received from the paid version of that product

So, yes, it works. Security requires a multi-level approach, and while it involves being careful and cautious about the links you click, the sites you use, and the things you download, it's not an excuse to download cracked software or visit dangerous sites.

Related articles for additional reading

Windows 11 security update causes software crashes

How to make Windows 11 more accessible

How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

How to remove Windows virus

How to remove Windows virus

We all hope that our laptops, phones and other devices will be cleaned of viruses and often do not take any preventive measures.

It is understandable that many people think that modern computers are protected from secure and malicious programs. You may even know that Windows 10 and 11 have a built-in antivirus program that keeps them searched for Internet malware.

However, no security program can guarantee that viruses will stop 100%.

If you think you have a virus on your computer or laptop, here's everything you need to know to make sure and delete the detected malware.

Windows viruses are very different in what they do. For example, they can completely stop Windows from loading, so the way to fight infection will depend on whether Windows is loaded or not. But no matter what situation you are in, we are here to help you remove this virus and restart your computer.

I'm not sure if it's a virus. Here are a few things that indicate that the malware is working

  • Windows is unusually slow
  • You see pop-ups you haven't seen before (this may be for advertising purposes)
  • Unfamiliar programs begin
  • You cannot access your files (there may be a ransom program)

Note that if your computer is infected with ransomware and you cannot access any documents or other files, it may be too late. However, the purpose of ransomware is that you pay a ransom to get your files back. Get the required decryption key to access your encrypted files

Instead, try to find the name of the ransom program from any ransomware that appears, and then search online for free decryption tools for that ransomware. Usually, antivirus manufacturers offer them for free, and you can download them from their websites.

How to remove virus from Windows

If you have an antivirus installed, scan it now. This includes Microsoft Defender, even if you don't have Windows installed, it will scan on a schedule, but you can also select Scan with Microsoft Defender by right-clicking on a file or folder in File Explorer.

Of course, you can install some antivirus at this point. Find our recommendations for the best paid antivirus software and the best free antivirus software.

smart scanner

If the scan detects something, follow the on-screen instructions to fight the infection. Options are usually to delete or quarantine the deletion solution, and may include restarting your computer to completely eliminate the threats. Here we use Norton 360 Deluxe

smart scan

If the scan does not detect anything, follow these steps carefully and sequentially, and do not restart the machine until you have completed each step.

  1. Some malicious programs will actively try and stop you removing them. To combat this download and run rkill
  2. Download and install the free version of Malwarebytes. Launch the program, then go to Settings > Protection > Scan for rootkits. Return to the dashboard and click Scan Now
  3. Install and launch Malwarebytes ADWcleaner, then click Scan. This searches for, and removes, adware.

It must find the virus and eliminate it. Now you should be able to use your computer normally.

How to remove a virus when Windows does not work

To be able to scan for viruses, if Windows does not install, you need to create a recovery tool that you can use to start your computer. Of course, to do this you need to access a second computer or laptop and USB. this. a bar that can be deleted from any existing content

One way to do this is to download the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool.

While Norton says it's easy to use, it's not really true. Presented as an ISO file for burning to a CD or DVD. These days, only personal computers and laptops do not have DVDs, and no one has a recordable CD or DVD.

Thus, it is easier to take a backup USB flash drive and use the free Rufus tool to transfer the recovery tool to the drive and make it bootable. Full instructions can be found on Norton's website, but an overview is here

  1. Switch to the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool you just downloaded (on a working computer)
  2. Turn on Rufus
  3. Insert a USB drive (at least 1 GB capacity) and wait for Rufus to detect the USB drive
  4. This action will delete all the files on the USB drive, so copy the files you want to save.
  5. In Rufus, under Format Options, select Create a bootable disk using and select ISO Image from the drop-down menu.
  6. Click on the CD Drive icon and go to the saved NBRT.iso file
  7. Click Start. Then click OK
  8. When the process is complete, click Close.
  9. Now insert your recovery disc or USB drive into the infected computer.

Press the power button to turn it on, but you should enter the BIOS menu instead of allowing Windows to start. One key on your keyboard is usually F2, but you should see a message on the screen indicating which key you want to press. BIOS

Look for boot options, then set the disk or USB drive as the first drive. Because each BIOS is different, the exact process varies, but it should be quite clear.

Save your changes and exit the BIOS. Your computer must now be booted from a USB flash drive.

You should see the NBRT Welcome page, select Download, then follow the instructions to start scanning.

Upon completion, you will be presented with the findings and the next steps suggested. Just make sure you eliminate the real dangers, because your actions cannot be reversed.

When you are satisfied with your options, click "Fix" and "OK" when Confirmation is required.

How to stop your Windows computer from getting another virus

The best way to prevent future infections is to make sure your computer is running the most up-to-date antivirus software.

The best antivirus software should protect you from malicious email attachments, but you should be careful not to open them if you are not sure that they contain them and are from a reputable source.

You only need to download the software from trusted sources, one of which is the Microsoft Store installed on Windows.

When browsing the Internet, double-check the website address to make sure it is a real deal, not a fake one that tries to trick you into stealing your login information or downloading malware.

How to download Android 13 Beta 2

How to download Android 13 Beta 2

Google has not yet made an official announcement of Android 13 on the scene, but you can already test it with the release of the first public beta. Those who have a compatible Pixel phone can now download it and take it to spin.

Now that Google I/O is complete, Android 13 is available on third-party phones and tablets, as well as Pixel phones, although some are getting Beta 1.

The final release will be confirmed, but this usually happens with the launch of the Pixel 7 in the fall of October. Learn more in our full guide, including updates on Android 13.

Warning As always with Beta software, it is not recommended to install it on your main phone, as the software may make an error or even block your device. Always back up important data before installing a beta

Which phones can get Android 13 Beta 2

Here is a complete list of third party phones / tablets that are compatible with Google and Android 13 Beta

Pixel phones

Third party devices

  • Asus ZenFone 8
  • Lenovo P12 Pro
  • Nokia X20
  • OnePlus 10 Pro
  • Oppo Find X5 Pro
  • Realme GT 2 Pro
  • Sharp Aquos sense6
  • Tecno Camon 19 Pro 5G
  • Vivo X80 Pro
  • Xiaomi 12
  • Xiaomi 12 Pro
  • Xiaomi Pad 5
  • ZTE Axon 40 Ultra (purchased from China market)

How to download Android 13 Beta

If you have a compatible Pixel phone from the list above, you can get Android 13 instantly. Here's how to install an operating system in a few simple steps

  1. Sign in to your Android Beta App to make sure you're signed in to your Google Account
  2. Scroll down to "Your compatible devices" (see screenshot above)
  3. Select "Activate" on the device you want to install Android 13
  4. Read the terms, check the appropriate boxes, then click the "Confirm and Register" button.
  5. Settings> System> Advanced> System Update> Check for updates on your phone.

If you want to opt out, go to the Android Beta App site and choose to opt out under the appropriate devices you clicked on Join.

Follow these links for specific instructions on non-pixel devices, as they are not managed by Google.

Related reading

Google Pixel 7 Specifications, price and features

POCO Watch

Google Pixel 6A

Windows 11 security update causes software crashes

Windows 11 security update causes software crashes

Microsoft has just released a May security update for Windows 11, but it is already causing problems. KB5013943 Version fixes only 75 vulnerabilities, but does not fix the application crash error. In fact, its installation exacerbates the problem

The problem affects applications that use the NET Framework. According to the latest Windows reports, users have complained about the following programs through the Microsoft Contact Center.

  • Microsoft Teams
  • Discord
  • ShareX
  • KeePass
  • Visual Studio Installer
  • Corsair ICUE
  • Corsair Service

The error does not affect all users of these programs, but if you see this error message, you know what caused it:

"The application could not start properly (0xc0000135). Click OK to close the program. "

In general, if you have not installed the update, it is worth postponing it. This is technically mandatory, so it can be downloaded automatically in the background, but the installation requires a reboot, which you can avoid.

Microsoft has not yet released an amendment, but two unofficial solutions may solve the problem for you

How to fix Windows 11 KB5013943 application crashes

While we are waiting for the official patch, there is another potential solution. The error appears to be due to a compatibility issue between Windows 11 and the .NET Framework, so reinstalling both versions 3.5 and 4.8 should resolve it. Here's how to do it

  1. Click the search icon next to the Start menu, then type "Turn Windows features on or off."
turn windows features on or off
  1. Open the appropriate option and a window will appear as follows.
  2. Uncheck the boxes next to ".NET Framework 3.5 (includes .NET 2.0 and 3.0)" and ".NET Framwork 4.8 Advanced Services," and then check again.
  3. Click "OK" to confirm, then restart your device to apply the changes
NET Framework

If this doesn't work and the software crashes are very annoying, you can delete the update completely, but it will only work if you install it today or yesterday.

  1. open the settings
  2. Click the "Windows Update" button in the left pane, then the "Update History" button.
Update history

3. Scroll to the section labeled "Related Settings" and click the "Delete Updates" button.

Uninstall updates

All recently installed updates are displayed here. Click "Delete" next to the KB5013943 update and click "Delete" again to confirm.

Uninstall

5. When done, restart your device to apply the changes

If this does not resolve the issue, it may be due to a previous optional update in which the first reported program crashed. In this scenario, or if more than a day has passed since the update was installed, you should wait for Microsoft to release the patch.

Related articles for additional reading

How to make Windows 11 more accessible

How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

How to make Windows 11 more accessible

How to make Windows 11 more accessible

In recent months, Microsoft has made it clear that accessibility is a top priority.

In 2021, along with the new Surface equipment, Microsoft introduced its first special accessibility accessories. The Surface Adaptive Kit uses a few simple tools to make it easy to use on almost any laptop, while the upcoming Microsoft Adaptive Accessories focus on simplifying the keyboard and mouse experience.

But it is important to keep the software as simple as possible. Windows 11 has a special Access section in Settings, but there are a few other options you may not be aware of.

This article was inspired by Twitter by Jen Gentleman from Microsoft, but the five features she highlighted are joined by five more. Some have not yet been updated.

Make the colors more prominent

If you have color blindness, it can be difficult to understand the muted tones of Windows 11. Fortunately, you can easily change the color filters.

  1. Go to Settings> Accessibility
  2. Under the 'View' subheading, click on 'Color Filters' and you will see a screen as follows.
  3. Press the button to turn on the color filters, then select one of the six options. The "red-green" options are generally good
Accessibility

Change the shape, color and design of the cursor

Not everyone is familiar with not being able to find the cursor on the screen, but what to do if this is a daily occurrence? Windows 11 has a solution that allows you to completely customize the mouse pointer to your liking.

  1. Open Settings> Accessibility
  2. Scroll to the "Contact" subheading and select "Mouse"
  3. Under 'Related settings', select 'Mouse pointer'
  4. Select one of the four basic styles from the screen that appears. If you want, you can personalize the vibrant green option with a different color.
  5. Whichever one you choose, you can resize the cursor by moving the slider between 15 different levels.
Mouse pointer

Enlarge the text

By default, text in Windows 11 is very small. But there is an easy way to set it up

  1. Go to Settings> Accessibility
  2. Select "Text Size" from the screen that appears - this should be the first choice
  3. Here you will find another slider that reaches 225%. Once you are satisfied with your choice, click the "Apply" button and wait for the changes to take effect.
Text size

One-touch access to screenshots options

Most of us know how to click the "Prt Scr" button to capture an entire window, but what if you want more options? Instead of relying on the Windows Key + Shift + S key each time, you can set the Print Screen button to open the Windows 11 Snipping Tool instead.

From there, instead of cutting later, you can choose to draw a rectangular, free-form or a single window. It's easy to set up

  1. Go to Settings> Accessibility
  2. Scroll to the "Contacts" subheading and select "Keyboard."
  3. In the second section, you will find an option called "Use the Print Screen button to burn the screenshot". Press the toggle button to open
Keyboard

Use a magnifying glass

You've probably used the Ctrl + Plus and Ctrl + Minus shortcuts to zoom in and out on various programs, but there's a solution that works throughout Windows 11.

It couldn't have been easier - just press Windows Key + Plus or Windows Key + Minus to use it. This brings up the Magnifying Toolbar, which can be used to read aloud any text you highlight.

Plus or Windows Key

Pay attention to the task at hand

We all know how distracting it can be to use your computer, but Windows 11 has a tool to help you. It is based on the Pomodoro productivity technique, simply known as "Focusing" (formerly "Focus Sessions") - work focused for a period of time, followed by a short break.

By default, it blocks notifications until you pause, plus there is integration with Microsoft's To-Do program and Spotify.

You can easily start Focus sessions in the Action Center, but all options are part of the Clock application.

Focus sessions

Have Edge read it to you

Microsoft's Edge application is extremely aggressive for many people, but the browser has really good features.

They include "Immersive Reader" mode, which deletes ads to make articles easier to read. In this regard, you can also read the article aloud to you. Here's how to do it

  1. Open Edge and go to the article you want to read aloud
  2. In the address bar, click on the Immersive Reader icon, which looks like a small dynamic book.
  3. Select "Read aloud" from the options at the top of the page
  4. You can change the volume and speed of reading at any time by pausing or clicking on "Audio Options".
speed

Get Windows to explain what's on the screen

Windows 11 has an internal narrator, meaning that blind and partially sighted people can still use a computer. To get started, go to Settings> Accessibility> Narrator and turn on the appropriate link.

Narrator

Some information will be displayed to help you understand how things work. Initially, there was only one robot sound, but it has been expanded to include more natural sounds. Once installed, all of these can be used without an internet connection.

More accessibility features are on the way

In a recent blog post, Microsoft reaffirmed its commitment to accessibility by announcing three new features. One was a new sound inside the Narrator, but the other two sounds that are currently being tested are worth noting.

Live subtitles change the game for the deaf, hard of hearing or those who do not speak English. Instead of relying on video programs to add subtitles, it can be used on the entire system, including when you're offline.

Then there's Voice Access, which lets you take full control of your Windows 11 device with just your voice. Microsoft says it can open and modify applications, browse the Internet, manage email, and more.

How to get Microsoft Word for free

How to get Microsoft Word for free

For decades, Microsoft has been releasing major new versions of Word and other Office programs every few years.

But with the launch of Office 365, everything has changed. Microsoft 365 This subscription offers you a month's worth of Word Excel Powerpoint and many other services, although Microsoft continues to create standalone versions, always adding new features to these programs.

If you use more than one Office program each month, Microsoft 365 is definitely a good value, but if you use Word occasionally, it can be hard to justify.

How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11

Fortunately, if you want to get started with Microsoft's classic word processor, there are many other options that you can access from all your devices, whether you're running a phone, tablet, laptop, or computer.

In this article, we will look at where to find some great discounts and some free solutions to access Microsoft Word. But if you don't want to pay a dime, there are still many free alternative office suites that are compatible with Microsoft software.

Download free Office applications for iOS, Android and Windows

Microsoft's goal is to sync all your files across devices via OneDrive. With this in mind, Word, Excel and PowerPoint can be downloaded for free for Android and iOS. All relevant links are below.

iOS applications

  • Word for iOS
  • Excel for iOS
  • PowerPoint for iOS

Links to Android apps only work on Google Play Store installation devices

  • Word for Android
  • Excel for Android
  • PowerPoint for Android

Windows applications

  • Word for Windows 10/11
  • Excel for Windows 10/11
  • PowerPoint for Windows 10/11

While they are free for any device, they do not provide full access to all features with full functionality reserved for Microsoft 365 subscribers. See our full Microsoft Office Purchasing Guide for details.

You can always open and read documents for free, but you can create and edit them for free only on a device smaller than 10.1 inches. This means that you can edit Word documents from a smartphone or small tablet, but only from a larger tablet. you can look at your laptop or desktop computer

The difference on iOS is simpler, at least any iPhone can create and edit documents for free on a regular iPad Air or Mini, but iPad Pro users can only view files.

It should be noted that even on a device with a smaller screen, you only get what Microsoft calls the basic Office experience, some editing tools and features are not available to free users.

Office experience

Try Microsoft 365 for free

The ability to view documents alone is limited, so if you're using a device with a screen larger than 10.1 inches, you'll need some extra features.

The easiest solution is to sign up for the company's cloud-based subscription service, Microsoft 365, which starts at £ 5.99 / 6.99 per month or £ 59.99 / 69.99 per year for a personal account. The feature, installed on any device, allows you to access applications such as Exchange Online and SharePoint Online while storing your work in the cloud, so you can access it anywhere.

A number of new features were added to the rebranding of Office 365 in April 2020, such as Microsoft 365, but none of them will fundamentally change the way you use applications. applications

The good news is that Microsoft 365 has a one-month free trial period, which you can try for a penny.

Get Microsoft Teams for free

If you work with other people often, you can sign up for free at Microsoft Teams, which includes Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and OneNote Online. Teams allow you to chat and make video calls within the platform. 3./$ 4 per month for the user

Microsoft offers a one-month free trial of all subscriptions

Get Microsoft 365 Education for free

Teachers and students can access Office 36 Microsoft Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote and Microsoft Commands for free with Microsoft 365 Education, which combines unlimited personal cloud storage.

To qualify, you must be a full-time or part-time teacher or employee or student with a school email. Enter your school email address at the bottom of the page to check your eligibility here.

Although schools can register using this link, you can find more information about Microsoft 365 Education here.

Learn more in our separate guide Do students get Office 365 for free?

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

Microsoft Home Usage Software Discount

While not completely free, you can save up to 30% on your Microsoft 365 subscription through your employer through the Microsoft Home Use Program for 365 Family or Personal Subscriptions.

Just enter your corporate email address to verify compliance. If your employer is eligible, you will receive an email verification link to verify the identity of your Microsoft account, which will give you a 30% discount.

Free Office Alternatives

If you need more functionality than Office programs offer you for free, but don't want to pay for Office 365, Microsoft Office has several alternatives that are completely free.

Our recommendation is LibreOffic - a complete package that is regularly updated and allows you to open and save documents in Microsoft formats.

Microsoft formats

If you don't like Libreoffice, you can also check out free alternatives like WPS Office Free Office and Google Drive with Document Pages and Slides.

How to get Netflix Packages

How to get Netflix Packages?

Netflix has many movies, series, documentaries, anime, etc. in all major languages ​​of the world. offers the option. This is an American streaming service. Founded by Reed Hastings and Marc Randolph and launched in 1997, the subscription stream service, which has taken the world by storm in recent years, is based in Los Gatos, USA. According to Wikipedia, in December 2021, Netflix has more than 221.8 million subscribers worldwide. Let us guide you on how to get Netflix packages in Pakistan.

You can watch as much as you want on Netflix using your smart TV, computer, laptop, tablet, mobile phone, Playstation, Xbox, Chromecast, Apple TV and Blu-ray players. All you need is a stable Internet connection and a suitable payment plan for a good pocket. First, Netflix is ​​devoid of ads, which provides a better viewing experience.

With new content added every week, you will never miss Netflix in Pakistan. Every time you look at all the different genres and services it offers, you will find something new. Netflix also offers on-demand video (VOD), which makes it easy to download all your favorite videos in HD.

Netflix Packages and Price Plans

Netflix's plans start at Rs. From 250 rubles. Up to 1,100 people a month and up to four people can share a plan between them without any hidden costs and contracts. It offers a variety of plans to choose from, and even if you are not satisfied with the service, you can unsubscribe at any time. Regardless of the plan you choose, the first month is completely free. What else can you want!

Netflix Mobile Plan Rs. 250 per month

This year, Netflix offered an affordable mobile plan for Pakistani users. For only one Rs. By paying $ 250 a month, you can enjoy Netflix at home, at work or on vacation. Plus, you don't need a VPN or other hacks to access this beautifully diversified content platform.

Netflix Master Plan Rs. 450 per month

This monthly plan is for one user and allows the user to view only one screen at a time. It does not provide Ultra HD or HD quality and downloads are limited to only one device.

Netflix Standard HD Plan Rs. 800 per month

This plan allows two viewers to use two smart devices at the same time. You can share this plan with anyone you want, but it doesn't provide Ultra HD or HD quality, and downloads are limited to two devices.

The price of Netflix Premium Plan is 1100 Rs per month.

This is the most popular plan, as it allows four viewers to use four smart devices at the same time, paying only 1,100 Rs per month. It has Ultra HD and HD quality, and you can download your favorite videos to four different smart devices.

How to pay for Netflix

When you love one of the Netflix packages you want to subscribe to, you have two options for paying Netflix.

  • Pay using the website
  1. Visit www.netflix.com/pk/ from your computer or mobile
  2. Type your email in the text box and click "Start".
    Choose a plan.
    Enter your credit or debit card information.
    Become a member.

You can also unsubscribe after enjoying the first free month.

  • Netflix Payment using PTCL

If your bank does not make it easy to pay for Netflix or you do not have a credit / debit card, you can always choose to pay via PTCL. Here's how

  1. Visit http://www.ptcl.com/netflix from your computer or mobile phone.
  2. Sign up.
  3. PTCL will charge you every month in your bill.

How can you unsubscribe?

You can unsubscribe from Netflix at any time.

  • Login is made.
  • Navigate to the top right of the main page.
  • Click on "Your Account and Help".
  • Go to "Cancel membership".
  • Follow the instructions to cancel your account.

You are here to have fun with your loved ones with delicious snacks and unlimited hours

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

Download managers who make the most of your device
The best free download managers make it simple and easy to manage and organize not only your downloads, but also your download speeds.

It is often easy and simple to download something from the internet. However, this is not always the case. Sometimes you need to upload more than one file or a very large file, it is easier or less annoying with one of the best free download managers.

So, if you find yourself with more or more downloads and you have problems with pauses or failures related to them, one of these managers will solve your download problems. It can even prioritize certain downloads by name or file format, so you can get the most critical ones on your computer first.

Other features you can find in most of these download managers include scheduling, batch upload, file preview, BitTorrent support, support for compressed file types, and a number of security features. If you want something that can expand your browser or work as a standalone application, there are many options for you.

To help you decide which is best for you, we have summarized our options for the best download manager here.

1. Download Accelerator Plus

Download Accelerator Plus

An excellent free version of Premium Download Manager
The free version of  Download Accelerator Plus is a reduced version of the premium version, but it is not just a demo and includes all the key features needed for fast, reliable downloads.

The free version doesn't have DAP Premium privacy protection, but it does include a link checker, video viewing, file conversion, secure downloads, and multiple links to increase your download speed.

 Download Accelerator Plus is clearly designed for media lovers and can help you avoid problems like slow servers and internet congestion.

2. Ninja Internet Download Manager

Ninja Internet Download Manager

The best manager for powerful and well-designed media files
Ninja Download Manager is relatively new on the download side and looks more modern than its contemporaries.

Its interface is simple and modern (if a little dark) and the accelerator can help you get your files up to 10 times faster. It makes downloads not only faster but also more reliable by splitting each file into sections and then downloading each one using a different server connection. If you are interested in music and movies, you will appreciate its sequential settings, which allow you to start reading the file while it is still downloading.

There is also a video uploader installed with YouTube and Vimeo support, and a video converter that automatically changes the file format once the download is complete.

There are many great options around you, but if you love music, movies and TV, Ninja Download Manager is the tool for you.

Note that the link to download the free version of Ninja Download Manager is located at the bottom of the developer's home page.

3. Free Download Manager

Free Download Manager

A download manager full of tools for music and movie lovers
Free Download Manager aims to be everything for everyone, and he succeeds. It is a download accelerator, a BitTorrent client, an audio and video viewer, and a traffic management tool, and is completely free because it is open source and receives regular updates from the developers community.

It includes powerful scheduling features and a very useful remote control where you can continue your downloads and check their progress from any device connected to the Internet.

You can spider sites to download certain file types and choose to download only the bits of the ZIP file you really want. This is a great program, and it was difficult to choose the first place among this program Ninja Internet Download Manager.

4. JDownloader

JDownloader

An advanced download manager that is ideal for powerful users
JDownloader is a free, open source download manager with a large developer community and is available for Windows, Linux and Mac.

With more than 300 decryption plugins, automatic RAR extraction, password list search and OCR support to complete some of the captcha 'I'm not a robot' checks you come across on download sites, this is one for really powerful users.

To run it, you need the Java Runtime Environment, and you need to be careful when installing it: if the installer does not specifically disable the option, there is an adware that will be provided with the download manager. Also beware of fake "download" buttons on the site; the actual download link is a text line.

Also Read

Install the IDM extension for Microsoft Edge

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

How to IDM register without serial key

Install IDM for Mozilla Firefox

INTERNET DOWNLOAD MANAGER

POCO Watch

POCO Watch

POCO WATCH

SPECIFICATIONS

General

BrandPOCO
ModelWatch
Box ContentsSmart Watch, User Manual, Warranty Card

 Design

Shape & SurfaceRectangular, Flat
Dimensions39.1 x 39.1 x 9.98 mm
Weight31 grams

 Display

Screen Size1.6
Screen Resolution320 x 360 pixels
Pixel Density (sharpness)301 ppi
Display TechnologyAMOLED
Touch ScreenYes

 Compatibility

Compatible OSAndroid v6.0, iOS

 Battery

Capacity/Type225 mAh
Battery lifeUp to 14 Days

 Connectivity

BluetoothYes, v5.0
USB ConnectivityNo

 Sensors

AccelerometerYes
GPSYes, with Galileo, Glonass

 Notifications

Text MessageYes
AlarmYes
TimerYes

 Smartphone Remote Features

Receive callYes
Find My PhoneYes
Music ControlYes

 Activity Tracker

Calories Intake/ burnedYes
DistanceYes
StepsYes
Sleep qualityYes
Hours SleptYes
Active MinutesYes
Heart RateYes
Activity/InactivityYes

 Additional Features

Alarm ClockYes
StopwatchYes

ALSO READ

Poco Will Soon Offer A Smart Watch At An Affordable Price

How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11

How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11

With Windows 11, for the first time, Microsoft has introduced the ability to manage Android applications locally. Perhaps the most interesting feature of the new operating system is that it allows users to fully integrate phone applications into the Windows desktop.

However, there are some great caveats to consider. This feature requires an SSD and at least 8 GB of RAM, but Microsoft recommends 16 GB or more for best practice; Not compatible with many devices running Windows 11. This feature is still in beta, and the latest version has not yet been released for US users only.

But the biggest thing against it is limited to the Amazon Appstore. The app option is dull compared to the Play Store, but what if you could have both?

We have tested and can confirm that the method in this article allows you to install the Play Store and download applications from there. Also, there is no malware by any other solution.

How to install Google Play Store on Windows 11

Before proceeding, it should be noted that this process only works with x86, 64-bit devices. For ARM-based devices, there is a separate link below, but it will not work on a 32-bit device.

You also need to make sure that virtualization is active first. Turn the Control Panel> Applications> Windows properties on or off. Make sure the boxes next to "Virtual Machine Platform" and "Windows Subsystem for Linux" are checked, then click "OK" to confirm.

If you already have the Windows Subsystem (WSA) for Android, you need to uninstall it. Open and search for Settings> Applications> Applications and Functions. If nothing is visible, it is not installed.

Before proceeding, there is one more thing you need to do. Type "Powershell" in the search bar next to the Start menu, then right-click on Windows PowerShell and select "Run as Administrator." You can close the window immediately, but this will ensure that the following steps work properly:

  1. Go to Settings> Privacy and Security> Developers
Go to Settings> Privacy and Security> Developers

2. Under "Developer Mode", click the toggle button to turn it on, then click "Yes" to confirm

Developer Mode

3. Go to GitHub and create an account if you don't already have one. You must verify your email address

4. Then, go to the LSPosed / MagiskOnWSA page and click on 'Hook' in the upper right corner, and then click 'Create Hook' to confirm.

LSPosed / MagiskOnWSA page

5. Click on your icon in the upper right corner from the top right corner and select your 'Repositories'

6. Click on "MagiskonWSA" and then on "Actions" from the top icons

MagiskonWSA

7. You will see a warning that says, "The workflow is not working in this forked depot." Click on "I understand my workflow, continue and activate" to confirm

Workflows

8. Select "Create WSA" from the left panel

9. To confirm, click the "Run Workflow" drop-down menu and then the green "Run Workflow" button

Run workflow

10. It will take a few minutes to complete the process, and then you will see the orange marker turn green.

11. Click on the Bridged Build WSA header

Build WSA

12. Scroll to the 'Settings' subheading and click on the 'x64' option. However, if you are using an ARM-based device such as the Surface Pro X, choose the 'arm64' version instead.

But if you're using an ARM

13. Although the actual files are smaller than the listed size, they will start downloading automatically. When done, locate it in File Explorer and click "Remove All" elsewhere. this will take a few seconds

Extract all

14. In the extracted folder, locate the file named "Install", then right-click on it and select "Work with PowerShell".

Run with PowerShell

15. If a security warning appears, click 'Open' or 'Run' if PowerShell requires permission

16. After a few seconds, the message "Operation completed successfully" should appear. A few more operations will be completed in a few minutes before you receive the "Everything is complete" message.

before you get an 'All Done

The Play Store will now be installed as a separate application on Windows 11. Just open it and sign in with your Google account, then you can download the app you want. Some work better than others, but all can be attached to the taskbar and are compatible with the versatile features of Windows 11.

Related articles for additional reading

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

How to change Instagram username

How to change Instagram username

The name you first choose for your Instagram account can then be completely meaningful. However, as the world changes, everything changes, and you can see that you don't see 1DirectionHotness or Blue & BlackNotWhite & Gold as you want people to see you.

The answer is simple: change your username and save yourself from the past and update your online identity.

Does changing your Instagram username affect your account?

The only thing that changes is your name. All your followers will remain the same, but you will now appear in their feed with your new title. Your photo stream will remain untouched and all the people you watch will still be there.

If you want people to know about you, it's a good idea to use the same profile picture, or you can add your previous username in Bio until the people you value hear about the change.

how to change your username

It's easy to give yourself a new username. Open the app (on iOS or Android) and tap the icon that looks like a person's head and shoulders in the lower right corner.

This will take you to an account page that shows all your posts and follower details. At the top of the page is the Edit Profile button. Touch it.

How to change your username

You will now see all your profile information. To change your username, tap where you see it displayed, this will activate the keyboard. All you need to do is enter a new name, then when you're satisfied with the updated title, click OK (iOS) or the Confirmation icon (Android) in the upper right corner.

Here, your identity is renewed. We also recommend that you change your password and enable two-factor authentication to keep your Instagram account secure.

You may also want to know how to upload photos from Instagram and 10 ways to get more Instagram likes that actually work.

Related content

How to use Instagram on Mac

How to add links to Instagram Stories

How to use Instagram on a computer

How to use Instagram on Mac

How to use Instagram on Mac

Although social media platforms generally come in almost every shape and size, Instagram has never fallen into this category. Although it rose to incredible popularity before switching to Android in 2012 and first released in 2010, the social network doesn't have an official app for the Mac.

But even though it's not an official Instagram app for Mac, there's a way to not only navigate to your Instagram feed on your Mac, but also upload photos and videos.

Instagram Web

There may not be an official Instagram app for Mac - we're still waiting for the iPad app! - but there is a way to access a popular social network from a Mac: Instagram Web.

The main web application provides access to your main Instagram feed, which allows you to browse Instagram Stories and finally access Direct Messages, as well as scroll, like and comment on the content you like.

These are all welcome add-ons, and Instagram makes the Web a more convenient way to access the site, but there is still one major drawback: the ability to download content directly from a Mac. Available on iOS and Android via the web app, why not a Mac? There is no official word from the company that owns Facebook, but fortunately there is a way to upload photos and videos from Instagram to Mac - it just requires a little know-how.

How to upload photos and videos on Instagram Web

There is a way to upload photos and videos to your Instagram feed through the Instagram web interface, but first you have to trick the site and think you are on an iPhone. It's perfectly possible to do this on a Mac, but you'll need to use Safari to do it.

To think you're using an iPhone on Instagram, follow these steps:

  1. Open Safari on your Mac.
  2. Visit www.instagram.com
  3. In the toolbar, go to Safari> Preferences> Advanced.
  4. If it is not yet active, select "Show Development Menu in Menu Panel".
  5. Then select the new Development menu and select User Agent> Safari - iOS 12.1.3 - iPhone.

After launching the new User-Agent, the Instagram website (via Safari, of course) must be reloaded. Follow these instructions after reinstalling:

  1. Tap the + sign in the toolbar at the bottom of your Instagram feed - it's in the same place as the official iOS app.
  2. Search for the image or video you want to upload to your feed, select it, and click Select to upload.
  3. Now you can explore Instagram's set of editing tools to change the look of your post. When you are ready, click Next.
  4. Add a caption to your post, select social sharing options (if any), and click the Share button to post a photo.

It should be noted that while you can upload content to your main Instagram feed, you cannot currently post photos or videos to your Instagram Story via the Instagram Web. We hope that the social network will soon bring full functionality to the Instagram Web experience.

Third party Instagram apps

While the company is slowly adding new functionality to its Instagram Web experience to adapt to iOS and Android, it's still not there. As in most cases, if one company doesn't do it, another will. There are currently a number of third-party Instagram apps for Mac that offer different features at different price points - make sure the one you choose does everything you need.

Uplet

Uplet offers a simpler approach to the web-based Instagram experience, focusing on downloading more media than just looking at the site, but has features that might appeal to powerful users and businesses.

Uplet offers a simpler approach to the web-based Instagram experience, focusing on downloading more media than just looking at the site, but has features that might appeal to powerful users and businesses.

Like the Instagram app, Uplet allows you to drag and drop photos and videos and upload them en masse to your feed. You can edit each photo and add separate headlines, but you can send spam to your followers without the ability to publish posts gradually. You also have multi-account support that allows you to easily switch between personal and business accounts without having to log out.

Although Uplet supports batch downloads, and the developers say they are working on it, it should be noted that it does not actually support multi-photo recordings. The only downside is the price: Although the app was initially available for a one-time fee of £ 9.99, it is now available for only $ 9.99 per month as part of the Setapp Mac software package.

Bluestacks Android emulator

If you prefer to use the local Instagram app for mobile phones, there is a way to launch it on a Mac. Secret? Emulators.

Bluestacks Android emulator

More specifically, Bluestacks Android Emulator offers a reliable way to manage Android apps and games on a Mac, including Instagram. It achieves this by mimicking an Android device on a Mac, giving you access to the Google Play Store and all its apps as if you were using an Android smartphone. There is little difference between the iOS and Android versions of the app, so there should be no learning curves when using Bluestacks to access Instagram.

You can download the Android emulator from Bluestacks, and the best part is that it is completely free to use - there is no IAP or subscription.

Related content

How to use Instagram on a computer?

How to add links to Instagram Stories

How to change Instagram username

How to use Instagram on a computer

How to use Instagram on a computer?

Instagram is one of the most popular apps of all time with over 1 billion downloads on the Google Play Store alone.

In fact, Facebook was the fourth most downloaded application in 2010 after Facebook Messenger and WhatsApp. This meant that Facebook fell behind the top four most popular in a decade.

However, Instagram itself is a very attractive service and only makes sense if you want to use it on all your devices.

In this article, we will explain how to use Instagram to its full potential on a PC.

Get started with Instagram on your PC

Using Instagram on a computer is as simple as accessing instagram.com; Here you will be asked to log in with your information or create a new account.

If you have a special account, you can do it in a few seconds without even logging in. However, this will not allow access to the stories, and Instagram will block the content as soon as you log in.

From there, all your regular content becomes accessible. This includes stories, which can even seem a bit difficult to watch on a PC.

How to upload photos to Instagram using a computer

Instagram has made it ridiculously easy to share via the mobile app, but everything on the desktop is a little different. Even the custom Instagram app in the Windows App Store doesn't offer this feature, so you'll have to resort to third-party software.

Our best choice is InstaPic, which can be downloaded for free from the same store. Check out all the details on how to do it through our special article.

How to upload a video to Instagram using a computer

This is a story similar to video, Gramblr is our best choice among several third party options. The process of including your videos in your feed is not the simplest, so we have covered this topic in detail in our special article.

If all of this sounds like an extreme hassle, it may be worth taking your hands off your phone, even if it's just for a smooth installation process.

How to use Instagram DMs on computer?

Instagram recently announced that it plans to roll out the full DM feature via the website, starting with "a small portion of users."

Twitter

According to related screenshots, it looks like it will work in the same way as Facebook Messenger on the Internet, but it remains to be seen whether it will have access to the full range of GIFs and emojis available on the mobile device.

Check back when the full presentation is down.

Related content

How to add links to Instagram Stories

How to use Instagram on Mac

How to change Instagram username

How to add links to Instagram Stories

How to add links to Instagram Stories

Approved accounts on Instagram over the past few years have the ability to add links to Instagram Stories that can be accessed with a simple scroll. This is a useful feature not only for influencers, but also for anyone who wants to share content online through stories without directing businesses, ads and people to the link in the Instagram bio, which is a privilege that many are disappointed with.

But with the introduction of Link Stickers on Instagram Stories, everything has changed.

As part of ongoing updates and features reaching the platform, Instagram has introduced the Link Sticker feature to users around the world.

Instead of scrolling up as in the old system, the links in Instagram Stories will look like a screen sticker that viewers can touch to access - perhaps more transparent about what you're clicking on.

How to add links to Instagram Stories

So how do you add a link to your Instagram Story? Like many other interactive features in Instagram's Stories feature, it can be accessed via a sticker. If you are unsure, follow these steps:

  1. Make sure you have the latest version of Instagram for iOS or Android.
  2. Instagram Swipe right from the main Instagram feed to create / upload your story.
  3. Tap the Extract tool from the navigation bar.
  4. Tap the link label.
  5. Add the website you want to link to in the URL field and click on "Personalize Sticker Text" to name the link.
  6. Click Done to add the sticker to your story.
  7. Move the sticker to the appropriate field in your story.
  8. Click on "Your Story" or "Close Friends" to publish your new story.
How to add links to Instagram Stories

Thats it! Your link will now be added to your Instagram Story and will be ready for people to click on it.

It should be noted that, as with other Instagram stickers, you can touch the sticker during editing to look at different color options, if necessary. Hey, we have to make sure it's in line with the aesthetics of the poster, right?

This isn't the only feature that Instagram recently launched for all users, previously exclusive to Influencers; The company also gave Collabs access to multiple users, allowing them to share the same post, likes and comments. For those who are interested, we will consider how to place Collab on Instagram.

Related content

How to use Instagram on a computer

How to use Instagram on Mac

How to change Instagram username

Install the IDM extension for Microsoft Edge

Install the IDM extension for Microsoft Edge

Steps on how to add IDM Integration Module Extension to Microsoft Edge You may want to download your favorite videos from video sharing sites. The best tool that offers various features for download is Internet Download Manager or IDM. Microsoft Edge So when you play a video on YouTube, IDM usually shows a button, so download this video. However, even after the Developers Update, download this video does not appear in the Edge while playing the video.

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

Click the Download button for this video and a small box will open for your confirmation. After confirming the download, you can see its progress in the IDM interface. So, in this guide, you will find instructions for adding the IDM Integration Module Extension to Microsoft Edge. Download the YouTube Video. The IDM extension is not currently available in the Store, so you need to activate it manually in Edge.

download

Install the IDM extension for Microsoft Edge

Make sure you have the latest version of IMDB before proceeding.

Step 1 - Visit the Internet Download Manager and download the program from the website.

Step 2 - When the download is complete, double-click the sport628build6.exe file. Follow the instructions in the wizard and install the tool.

Step 3 - Open the Internet Download Manager by clicking the icon on the desktop and click on the Downloads tab, then Options.

How to IDM register without serial key

idm Options

Step 4 - This will launch another box that is in focus on the General tab, use Advanced Browser Integration, and select the Microsoft Edge options. Click OK.

General

Step 5 - Now open the Edge browser and in the address box type about: flags and press Enter to continue.

INTERNET DOWNLOAD MANAGER

Step 6 - On the next page, activate the Extender Designer properties and select the check box. You can find this option in the Developer settings section.

Developer settings

Step 7 - Restart Edge for the changes to take effect. Then, click the Settings and More button (…) and then Extensions.

Settings and more button

Step 8 - In the Extensions panel, click Install Extensions.

Load extension

Step 9 - In File Explorer, go to the place below that will appear

C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Download Manager

Install IDM for Mozilla Firefox

Step 10 - Now get the IDMEdgeExt folder and finally click the Select Folder button. This will immediately install and activate the IDM extension on the Edge

IDMEdgeExt

Finally, play any video in the Edge browser and the "Upload this video" button will appear. Just click on it and allow IDM to download the video for you.

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

Bonus tips

Extensions you add in the above way will be OFF by Edge, so it will notify you by showing a note - “We have disabled extensions from unknown sources. They can be risky, so we recommend keeping them away. ” In the window that opens Anyway, every time you have to open the extension by clicking the Open button, it will be really annoying. Until the Internet Download Manager Edge in Store release is released, you must trust this temporary fix.

Turn on anyway

Solution

So adding the IDM Integration Module Extension to Microsoft Edge is pretty straightforward. This solution makes it easier and simpler to download videos. Enjoy this solution until you enable the extension for IDM Edge. How do you rate this video upload method on Edge?

Install the IDM extension for Microsoft Edge

Install IDM for Mozilla Firefox

Install IDM for Mozilla Firefox

I just updated FireFox to the latest version and IDM integration with FireFox has stopped working. IDM no longer accepts downloads from FireFox. What can I do to fix this?
FireFox said it was disabling IDM expansion because it was not compatible. How can I solve the problem
I cannot integrate IDM with FireFox 73 FireFox 72 FireFox 71 (FireFox 70, 69, 68, 67, 66, 65, …, 11, 10, 9, 8). what do I have to do

The Mozilla team updates the FireFox browser every six weeks, so our team updates IDM's integration with FireFox every six weeks. The latest version of IDM detects the version of the FireFox browser and automatically installs the required additional version.

Mozilla

Please use the IDM main menu item "Help → Check for Updates …" (or "Help → Quick Updates" for older versions). Then restart your computer. IDM must replace all DLLs for the changes to take effect. Will not work without restarting the update!

  1. Starting with FireFox 8, Mozilla displays a confirmation dialog for installing applications. After initially installing IDM or updating IDM to the latest plug-in, IDM will prompt you to restart FireFox so that FireFox can find the new IDM plug-in. When FireFox restarts, it displays the following dialog to confirm the installation of the IDM plugin. You must activate the "Allow this installation" box:
Mozilla

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

You may not have noticed this dialog and did not enable the IDM integration plugin when restarting FireFox. In this case, you must activate it manually. Please use the "Tools → Plugins" FireFox main menu item.

FireFox main menu item

The Plugins Manager window should open. Click on the "Extensions" tab (arrow 1 in the picture) and find

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

"IDM integration" (Internet Download Manager integration plugin for Mozilla). If it is turned off, you need to hit the "Enable" button (arrow 2 in the picture) and restart FireFox.

window should open

New and old versions of IDM extensions

3.1. Note that due to global changes in FireFox 40, we had to develop a new addon for FireFox with a new identity. The old version of the plugin was called IDM CC, and the new version was called IDM Integration.

Note that due to global changes in FireFox 53, we had to develop a new "IDM Integration Module" plugin for FireFox.

Currently, the oldest plugin is IDM CC, and it supports FireFox from version 1.5 to version 26.

The next plugin is "IDM integration", which supports FireFox browsers from 27 to 52.

The latest addition is the "IDM Integration Module". It supports FireFox browsers starting with version 53.

How to IDM register without serial key

Note that all three versions of applications are included in the IDM distribution, and you will most likely see two or three IDM applications in the FireFox settings in the list of applications: old and new.

IDM distribution

3.2. If you have installed the old IDM CC plugin manually, you must click the "Delete" button next to it:

IDM CC

3.3. If your application is not in FireFox, you can install it manually. Open the FireFox menu and click the "Extras" button, see the actions (1) and (2) in the figure below.

Open FireFox menu

Click the "Tools for all plugins" wheel (3) and select the "Install plugin from file …" (4) menu item from the menu.

Install Add-on from File.

Then, open the IDM folder where you installed the IDM (by default, "C: \ Program Files (x86) \ Internet Download Manager \").

Internet Download Manager

You have 3 XPI files here. They have the same name, but a different number at the end. Please look carefully at the following:

  • Select idmmzcc3.xpi for FireFox 53 and newer versions.
  • Select idmmzcc2.xpi for FireFox browsers from version 27 to version 52 inclusively.
  • Select idmmzcc.xpi (without a number) for FireFox versions from 1.5 to 26.

If you have selected the correct version, FireFox will display a dialog confirming the installation. Click "Install":

Install

If you have selected the wrong XPI file version, FireFox displays an error message.

How do I know the version of my FireFox browser?

Open the FireFox help menu

Open the FireFox help menu

Select the "About FireFox" menu item

About FireFox

Then you can see the version of your FireFox browser.

FireFox browser
INTERNET DOWNLOAD MANAGER

INTERNET DOWNLOAD MANAGER

Download faster and more reliably

Download faster and more reliably

Install Internet Download Manager (IDM) to stop waiting for your downloads. You'll be amazed at how fast your IDM files download. IDM will also restore and resume suspended downloads that have been interrupted by interrupted network problems, computer shutdown, or unexpected power outages.

Powerful loading engine

Powerful loading engine

Our powerful download engine uses unique algorithms to retrieve Internet data as quickly as possible. IDM always speeds up downloads thanks to its innovative dynamic file partitioning technology. Unlike other download managers and accelerators, IDM dynamically partitions downloaded files during the download process and reconnects existing connections. uses. Additional connection and input stages to achieve the best possible acceleration performance Our engineers have extensive experience in load acceleration and we have been continuously improving this loading mechanism since 1999.

All popular browsers are supported

All popular browsers are supported

IDM integrates perfectly with Google Chrome Firefox, Microsoft Edge Opera Safari Internet Explorer AOL MSN Maxthon and all other popular browsers. We've been developing browser extensions since 1999 and have the best engineering solutions available today. IDM offers the installation of extensions for old and new Chrome Firefox Edge. Opera and other browsers

How to IDM register without serial key

To capture downloads from browsers and right-click on IDM's menu items, you should always keep IDM extensions installed and enabled in browsers! If you have any problems, first check if the "IDM integration module" plugin is installed and active in your browser.

Download selected files with one click

When multiple shortcuts are selected in the browser, IDM will display the "Download with IDM" button. You can also use this button to customize IDM Settings → General tab → Browser download panel.

internet download manager

Download files from your favorite websites

Once you've installed the IDM integration module browser extension, keep surfing the web and you'll be amazed at how easy it is to download anything you want from your favorite websites.

Installed in the planner

Installed in the planner

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

Internet Download Manager can connect to the Internet at a specific time Download the files you want, turn off or turn off your computer after work You can also synchronize changes using periodic synchronization of files It is possible to create and schedule multiple download queues for downloading or downloading. synchronization.

download categories

download categories

Internet Download Manager can be used to automatically organize downloads using defined download categories

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

Personalized interface

You can select the order buttons and columns that will appear in the main IDM window. There are several different skins for the toolbar with different button styles. All skins can be downloaded from the IDM homepage. Users can also design their own skins. dark IDM thread

How to IDM register without serial key

How to IDM register without serial key

To register IDM without a serial key, you need to download a cracker version of IDM. Then you need to install IDM and copy the crack or patch file and paste it into the drive where IDM is installed. You can also register IDM through various Keygen software .

Do you know how to register an IDM without a Serial Key? If you do not know, this article will help you to register an IDM without a Serial Key. The question is, why do we need a serial key to register IDM? It takes more than 30 days to register with IDM

How To Add IDM Extension In Chrome

You can download a free trial version of IDM, but only use it for 30 days. After that, you have to pay to use all the features of IDM. There are different ways to use the registered version of IDM, and we will discuss different ways you can do it. Use IDM to register

How to IDM register without serial key

If you want to use the registered version of IDM for free, then read this guide. We will first discuss what IDM is and why we need it. Then we will explain to you the different ways to register without obtaining IDM. finish if you want to know how to do it

Internet Download Manager (IDM)

Download videos, songs, games, etc. from the Internet. This is the program we use to download. If you want to download anything from the Internet in a minimum amount of time, then IDM Internet Download Manager is the best for you. You can download anything 5 times faster. This is another download program that matches the IDM speed

Internet Download Manager (IDM)

Most people use torrents to download movies or software, but since many torrent sites are blocked, you need an alternative way to download them. Therefore, Internet Download Manager (IDM) is the best program to download them from the Internet

All browsers support Internet Download Manager (IDM) and allow you to download videos from YouTube, Facebook and many other sites.

INTERNET DOWNLOAD MANAGER

We will now explain to you how to use the premium version of IDM. To use the premium version, you need to follow some steps.

How to register IDM without serial key using Crack or Patch

To register an IDM using crack or patch, you need to download IDM from internet with a patch or crack file. Steps to register an IDM using Patch or Crack

  • First of all, you need to download the Patch or Crack file with IDM from the Internet. You can download the patch file from any torrent site as an extractor piratebay.
  • Next, decide whether you want to download the 32-bit or 64-bit version. It depends on your Windows configuration.
  • If an unregistered IDM is installed on your computer, delete it.
  • After that, you need to deactivate the internet connection. If you do not turn it off, Patch or Crack may not work.
  • You must first remove the IDM from the downloaded fortune teller.
  • Then install IDM on your computer.
  • When the installation process is complete, you will see an IDM dialog with a message that it is valid for 30 days.
  • First of all, after installing the IDM, you need to close it completely. Second, you need to burn the disk on which the IDM is installed or copy the crack file.
  • Congratulations, you can now use IDM for life
IDM internet

Note that if you want to use the registered version of the internet download manager, you cannot update this IDM. There is another way to use the full-featured version of IDM. Therefore, we will inform you about it.

Install IDM for Mozilla Firefox

Register IDM using Keygen

There are many Keygen programs on the Internet. You need to install this Keygen program on your computer. Here are the steps to register with IDM using the keygen

  • Download any Keygen program from the Internet
  • After that, you need to install it on your computer.
  • When the installation process is complete, double-click to open the program
  • Install IDM on your computer
  • After installation, you must close the IDM completely
  • In the Keygen program, click on the patch icon
  • Then type the name you want to ask for and click on it.
  • The process of creating keys will begin
  • Some Keygen software shows the serial key, while others do not. If the program displays any serial key, copy that serial key and paste it into the IDM registry box.
  • Here you can now use the activated version of IDM.
Register IDM using Keygen

If you want to use the activated version of IDM, please do not update IDM

There are many serial keys on the Internet and you can use them too, but sometimes IDM will display an error message stating that your serial key is fake. Don't worry, you can use this method too. After seeing the error message, click Cancel, open the Hosts file using Notepad and

The Best Free Download Manager Of 2022

How to Register IDM without a serial key Code for software registration

Then paste these lines into the hosts file and save the host file Now open IDM and use it for free

Conclusion

Here are some ways to register an IDM without a serial key: These methods may not work due to fake serial keys or a damaged patch file. So if the first one doesn't work, you need to download another patch or crack file. If you want to register with IDM without a serial key, you must work for it.

Realme 9 gadgetsprices.com

Realme 9 Everything you need to know

Realme has so far introduced the latest budget smartphone series in the Realme 9 series with six phones - although not all of them are available everywhere.

However, the phones offer impressive budget options with a few unique features and surprisingly powerful features, and the company still has much more to come.

Here's everything you need to know about the Realme 9 series.

When will Realme 9 phones be released?

Realme has introduced Realme 9, 9 5G, 9i, 9 Pro and 9 Pro + in Europe and Asia, and you can buy it now, including in the UK and India. It should be noted that the European and Indian versions of 9 5G actually offer different features, which we will explain later.

Another phone - Realme 9 5G SE - is also available in India, but not elsewhere.

As in previous releases, it seems very difficult for US customers to buy any of the Realme 9 devices other than imports.

Realme has also introduced the Realme GT 2 and GT 2 Pro flagships globally, which are available in similar markets.

How much do Realme 9 phones cost?

So far, the Realme 9 series with six models has a number of prices. To simplify everything, we present starting prices for each phone in the currencies we know so far:

  • Realme 9: £249/€279₹17,999
  • Realme 9i: £199/€219/₹12,999
  • Realme 9 5G: £249/€259/₹14,999
  • Realme 9 5G SE: ₹19,999
  • Realme 9 Pro: £299/€319/₹17,999
  • Realme 9 Pro+: £349/€379/₹24,999

For more information on where to buy phones, see our guide to the best Realme 9 deals we can find.

What will be the features and design of Realme 9?

So far, the Realme 9 series includes six models, each of which we will consider separately.

Realme 9

Let's start with the usual Realme 9, although this is its sixth announcement.

Realme 9

The 90Hz display is an AMOLED with a built-in fingerprint scanner - in this case, it also acts as a heart rate scanner.

The chipset is a Qualcomm Snapdragon 680, with up to 8 GB of RAM and 33 W of charging. Inevitably, it is limited to 4G; this is a substitute for better features elsewhere compared to 9 5G.

The camera also sounds impressive. It has a 108Mp main camera equipped with Samsung's ISOCELL HM6 sensor - previously seen on any Samsung phone - macro and ultra wide.

It is also a very thin phone, only 7.99 mm thick and weighs 178 grams. Available in three colors: Sunburst Gold, Stargaze White and Meteor Black.

REALME 9

SPECIFICATIONS

 Key Specs

RAM6 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 680
Rear Camera108 MP + 8 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.4 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 680
CPUOcta core (2.4 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265 + 1.9 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsAdreno 610
RAM6 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeSuper AMOLED
Screen Size6.4 inches (16.26 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2400 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density411 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.21 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass v5,
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness1000 nits
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

 Design

Height160.2 mm Compare Size 
Width73.3 mm
Thickness7.9 mm
Weight178 grams
ColoursSunburst Gold, Stargaze White, Meteor Black

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution108 MP f/1.75, Wide Angle (83° field-of-view), Primary Camera(23.6 mm focal length, 1.67" sensor size, 0.64µm pixel size)8 MP f/2.2, Wide Angle Camera(15.7 mm focal length, 4.0" sensor size, 1.12µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.9 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
SensorISO-CELL
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution12000 x 9000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features10 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.45, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(26 mm focal length, 3" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
Camera FeaturesFixed Focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Dart, 33W: 50 % in 31 minutes
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 256 GB
User Available StorageUp to 106 GB
Storage TypeUFS 2.1
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 900(band 8) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 900(band 8) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.162 W/kg, Body: 0.593 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, ac/b/g/n
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.1
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Heart Rate MonitorYes
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

Realme 9i

The 9i was the entry-level phone in the series and was the first phone to be announced.

Realme 9i

The design of the phone is simple and very simple by Realme's usual standards - no giant logo or race strip was found. Available in blue or simpler black version above.

The Realme 9i has a Snapdragon 680 chipset combined with 4/6 GB of RAM and 64/128 GB of memory. The screen is a 6.6-inch FHD + IPS LCD that can control the refresh rate from 30 Hz to 90 Hz.

On the side of the camera you get a 16Mp selfie camera and a triple rear camera: 50Mp with dual 2Mp sensor, f/1.8 main camera - one macro, the other monochrome.

Finally, you get a 5000mAh battery with 33W wired charging support. Unpacks Android 11.

All the features are here

REALME 9I

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM4 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 680
Rear Camera50 MP + 2 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.6 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v11
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 680
CPUOcta core (2.2 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265 + 1.8 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsAdreno 610
RAM4 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeIPS LCD
Screen Size6.6 inches (16.76 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2412 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density400 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.51 %
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness480 nits
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

 Design

Height164.4 mm Compare Size 
Width75.7 mm
Thickness8.4 mm
Weight190 grams
Build MaterialBack: Plastic
ColoursPrism Black, Prism Blue

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution50 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle (77° field-of-view), Primary Camera(26.8 mm focal length, 2.7" sensor size, 0.64µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.9 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Depth Camera(21.6 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
SensorISO-CELL
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution8150 x 6150 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features10 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.1, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(25.3 mm focal length, 3" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
Camera FeaturesFixed Focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Standby timeUp to 995 Hours(2G)
Quick ChargingYes, Dart, 33W: 100 % in 70 minutes
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory64 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 1 TB
Storage TypeUFS 2.1
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 850(band 5) / 800(band 20)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 850(band 5) / 800(band 20)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.000 W/kg, Body: 0.885 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, b/g/n/n 5GHz
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.0
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionSide
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer

Realme 9 5G

There are two different versions of Realme 9 5G to get started: one for Europe and one for India. Let's look at the European version first.

Realme 9 5G

This phone is actually very different from the usual Realme 9, which reduces all the features in exchange for placing it in 5G without a price increase (in fact, the 5G model is slightly cheaper in some European markets).

The Europe 9 5G features a Qualcomm Snapdragon 695 with a larger 6.6-inch screen - up to 120Hz update speed, but just an LCD instead of OLED.

Charging is reduced to 18 W, the camera offers a 50Mp lead sensor supported by two 2Mp monochrome and macro sensors.

REALME 9 5G

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM4 GB
ProcessorMediaTek Dimensity 810
Rear Camera48 MP + 2 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.5 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v11
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetMediaTek Dimensity 810
CPUOcta core (2.4 GHz, Dual core, Cortex A76 + 2 GHz, Hexa Core, Cortex A55)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsMali-G57 MC2
RAM4 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeIPS LCD
Screen Size6.5 inches (16.51 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2400 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density405 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)83.92 %
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness600 nits
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.5 %

 Design

Height162.5 mm Compare Size 
Width74.8 mm
Thickness8.5 mm
Weight188 grams
ColoursMeteor Black, Stargaze White

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution48 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle (79° field-of-view), Primary Camera(25.4 mm focal length, 2" sensor size, 0.8µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.9 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Depth Camera(21.9 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
SensorISOCELL Plus
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution8000 x 6000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features10 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.1, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(25.6 mm focal length, 1µm pixel size)
Camera FeaturesFixed Focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-Polymer
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Fast, 18W
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory64 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 1 TB
Storage TypeUFS 2.1
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.053 W/kg, Body: 0.738 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/b/g/n
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.1
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionSide
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

Realme 9 5G SE

The 9 5G SE, which means "Fast Edition", is at the top of the range and is actually more powerful (and more expensive) than the 9 Pro.

So far, this is the only phone not sold in Europe.

Realme 9 5G SE

Equipped with the Snapdragon 778G chipset, the device also has an impressive 144Hz refresh rate, which makes it a popular choice for gaming.

The 48Mp camera is a bit lower than the Pro, so some buyers may choose this phone instead.

REALME 9 5G SE

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM6 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 778G
Rear Camera48 MP + 2 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.6 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v11
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 778G
CPUOcta core (2.4 GHz, Single core, Kryo 670 + 2.2 GHz, Tri core, Kryo 670 + 1.9 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 670)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsAdreno 642L
RAM6 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeIPS LCD
Screen Size6.6 inches (16.76 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2412 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density400 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.39 %
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness600 nits
Refresh Rate144 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

 Design

Height164.4 mm Compare Size 
Width75.8 mm
Thickness8.5 mm
Weight199 grams
ColoursStarry Glow, Azure Glow

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution48 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle (79° field-of-view), Primary Camera(25.4 mm focal length, 2" sensor size, 0.8µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.8 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Depth Camera(21.8 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
SensorISOCELL Plus
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution8000 x 6000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features10 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording3840x2160 @ 30 fps
1920x1080 @ 30 fps
Video Recording FeaturesDual Video Recording
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.1, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(3" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
FlashYes, Screen flash
Camera FeaturesFixed Focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-Polymer
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Dart, 30W: 50 % in 25 minutes
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 1 TB
User Available StorageUp to 106 GB
Storage TypeUFS 2.2
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 850(band 19)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 850(band 19)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.159 W/kg, Body: 1.028 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n/n 5GHz, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionSide
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

Realme 9 Pro

The 9 Pro is more exciting. That starts with the design, which is essentially identical to the 9 Pro+.

Realme 9 Pro

This is a heroic color called "Sunrise Blue", which combines a technology that Realme calls "Light Shift Design". This is similar to the color-changing glass we saw in the Vivo V23 series this year, in which the blue phone turns red when exposed to sunlight or ultraviolet light, and turns blue when out of light.

In this short introductory video shared by Realme, you can see the color-changing design in action:

The phone is also available in simpler Midnight Black and Aurora Green colors without light switching technology.

Inside, the 9 Pro is equipped with a Snapdragon 695 chipset with up to 8 GB of RAM and 128 GB of memory.

The screen has a 6.6-inch LCD with a refresh rate of 120 Hz, which makes it a very large phone - but it leaves enough space for a 5000 mAh battery and 33 W of charging.

Finally, the rear camera device consists of a 64Mp main lens plus an 8Mp ultra-wide and a third 2Mp lens.

As for the software, the Realme 9 Pro series starts with RealmeUI 3.0 based on Android 12.

The full features are:

REALME 9 PRO

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM6 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 695
Rear Camera64 MP + 8 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.6 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 695
CPUOcta core (2.2 GHz, Dual core, Kryo 560 + 1.8 GHz, Hexa Core, Kryo 560)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication8 nm
GraphicsAdreno 619L
RAM6 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeIPS LCD
Screen Size6.6 inches (16.76 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2412 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density400 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.67 %
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness400 nits
Refresh Rate120 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

 Design

Height164.3 mm Compare Size 
Width75.6 mm
Thickness8.5 mm
Weight195 grams
ColoursSunrise Blue, Aurora Green, Midnight Black

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution64 MP f/1.79, Wide Angle (79° field-of-view), Primary Camera(25.18 mm focal length, 2" sensor size, 0.7µm pixel size)8 MP f/2.2, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera(15.62 mm focal length, 4.0" sensor size, 1.12µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.88 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution9000 x 7000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features6 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.05, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(3" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
FlashYes, Screen flash
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Dart, 33W
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 256 GB
Storage TypeUFS 2.2
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.186 W/kg, Body: 0.709 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/b/g/n/n 5GHz, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.1
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

FM RadioNo
LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionSide
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Gyroscope

Realme 9 Pro Plus

9 Pro + looks similar, but underneath are a few extra bells and whistles. We actually reviewed the 9 Pro +, so if you want to know what we think about the phone, read on.

Realme 9 Pro Plus

There are a few key differences from the 9 Pro. The first, strange as it may seem, is a bit small. The screen is only 6.4 inches and at the same time has a refresh rate of 90 Hz - but instead, it's both an on-screen fingerprint scanner and, oddly enough, an AMOLED panel that offers the ability to use it as a heart rate monitor

Overall, the phone is smaller and lighter as a result of the smaller screen, but this results in a smaller 4500 mAh battery. However, charging is faster at 60 watts.

The 9 Pro + uses a MediaTek Dimensity 920 chipset combined with up to 8 GB of RAM and 256 GB of memory.

The triple rear camera is similar, but with a major improvement: the main lens uses a 50Mp Sony IMX766 sensor with optical image stabilization (OIS) - the same setup is used to make a big impact on our current favorite mid-range OnePlus Nord 2. range phone.

The full features are:

REALME 9 PRO PLUS

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM6 GB
ProcessorMediaTek Dimensity 920 MT6877T
Rear Camera50 MP + 8 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery4500 mAh
Display6.4 inches

 General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIRealme UI

 Performance

ChipsetMediaTek Dimensity 920 MT6877T
CPUOcta core (2.5 GHz, Dual core, Cortex A78 + 2 GHz, Hexa Core, Cortex A55)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsMali-G68 MC4
RAM6 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeSuper AMOLED
Screen Size6.4 inches (16.26 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2400 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density411 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.21 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass v5,
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness430 nits
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

 Design

Height160.2 mm Compare Size 
Width73.3 mm
Thickness7.9 mm
Weight182 grams
Build MaterialBack: Mineral Glass
ColoursSunrise Blue, Aurora Green, Midnight Black

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution50 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle (84° field-of-view), Primary Camera(23.6 mm focal length, 1.56" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)8 MP f/2.2, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera(15.4 mm focal length, 4.0" sensor size, 1.12µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.8 mm focal length, 5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
SensorExmor-RS CMOS Sensor
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
OISYes
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution8150 x 6150 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features20 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording3840x2160 @ 30 fps
1920x1080 @ 60 fps
Video Recording FeaturesDual Video Recording
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.4, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(3" sensor size, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
FlashYes, Screen flash
Camera FeaturesFixed Focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity4500 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Super Dart, 60W: 50 % in 15 minutes
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryNo
Storage TypeUFS 2.2
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.188 W/kg, Body: 0.727 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n/n 5GHz, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

FM RadioNo
LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm
Audio FeaturesDolby Atmos

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Heart Rate MonitorYes
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Gyroscope

Take a look at our research on the best Realme phones to see what the brand has achieved so far - the best budget Chinese phones and the best budget phones that Realme has to beat.

Google Pixel 6a

Google Pixel 6a Everything you need to know

When Google launched the Pixel 6 Series at the end of last year, the Pixel 6a had an obvious flaw.

Since its launch in 2019, the A-Series retains most of its key features and offers an excellent and affordable alternative to Google's flagships.

The long-awaited and much-talked-about Pixel 6a has finally been unveiled at Google's main I/O launch, but you'll still have to wait a while for the phone to launch. Here's everything you need to know.

When will the Google Pixel 6a be released?

As expected, Google announced the Pixel 6a on May 11, 2022 at the I / O developer conference.

However, the phone will not be available for several months. Specifically, pre-orders start on July 21 before the phone goes on sale on July 28.

Release dates for previous models for context are:

  • Google Pixel 5a - August 2021 (only in North America and Japan)
  • Pixel 4a - August 2020
  • Google Pixel 3a - May 2019

The limited release of the Pixel 5a meant that it would never reach the UK or Europe, but this is not the case with the Pixel 6a - it is getting a full global release.

At the end of the year, of course, the 6a should be joined by the flagship Pixel 7 and the long-rumored Pixel foldable phone.

How much will the Google Pixel 6 cost?

Google has officially announced the starting price of the Pixel 6a - £399/$ 449. It looks like you will get 6 GB of RAM and 128 GB of memory and no other configuration will be available.

How to assemble the previous A-series phones:

  • Pixel 5a - $449 (around £339/€399)
  • Google Pixel 4a 5G - £499/€499/$499
  • Pixel 4a - £349/€349/$349
  • Google Pixel 3a - £399/€399/$399

The Pixel 4a 5G was something, raising the price by about £150/€150/$150 compared to its predecessors. It seems that it will not be repeated soon.

What features and specifications does the Google Pixel 6a have?

When Google I/O officially unveiled the Pixel 6a in 2022, it revealed all the key features you'd expect.

A major improvement over the Pixel 5a is Google's transition to its own Tensor chip, which has the same built-in 5G as last year's Pixel 6 and 6 Pro. only the memory configuration Google says the Pixel 6a is 5 times faster than last year's phone, but it's not clear what tests were used to determine that.

You will also see the new design of the Pixel 6a in the official photos. More compatible with the rest of the Pixel 6 Series and available in three different colors Charcoal chalk and sage The phone uses a recycled aluminum frame and has a 6.1-inch 1080p OLED display, but the update frequency is still only 60Hz.

Google Pixel 6a

The phone also has the same amazing rear camera module with a 12.2Mp main lens and a 12Mp ultra-wide camera with 114 viewing areas. You also get an 8-megapixel selfie lens

The tensor chip in all three cameras helps enable basic software-based camera functions. These include Magic Eraser to erase or change the color of unwanted objects, all of which have a Real Tone for Blurring Facial Blur and Pixel 6 and 6 Pro, as well as Night View.

Google says the typical battery size is 4,410 mAh, but on some models it can be as low as 4,306 mAh, as it claims to provide power for hours and can increase it to 18 watts, but we don't know if this is an improvement over the 18 W support. Pixel 5a.

Google Pixel 6a

Other features announced include IP67 water and dust resistance and a fingerprint sensor at the bottom of the screen. The sensor chip has built-in 5G, but there is still no expandable memory.

The phone will be equipped with Android 12, but when it arrives, it will be one of the first phones to get Android 13. Google has committed to at least three years of software updates and five years of security updates since its launch.

At I/O, Google also officially announced the Pixel Buds Pro. Pixel 7 and 7 Pro, Android 13, Pixel Watch and new Pixel Tablets are also on sale.

We discussed all this and more in episode 114 of our weekly Fast Charge podcast:

Take a look at our collection of the best mid-range phones to see which competitors the Pixel 6a will have to eliminate.

Oppo Reno 8 Everything you need to know

Oppo Reno 8 Everything you need to know

The Oppo Reno 8, which is expected to be released later this year, has been the subject of various leaks and rumors. Interestingly, it can take the place of the OnePlus 10, which was not released with a fairly familiar design.

Here's everything we know about the Reno 8 series so far.

When will the Oppo Reno 8 be released?

At the time of writing, the Oppo Reno 8 has no official release date, in fact, the company has not yet said whether the leaks we see are a real device. There is still a previous generation that we will use as a guide.

Oppo announced the Reno 7 series in November 2021, and the devices will go on sale on December 3, 2021 in China, and then in February in India. Look back a bit, and the Oppo Reno 6 series arrived in China in May 2021 - so it looks plausible that the Reno 8 will arrive a year later, in May 2022.

How much will the Oppo Reno 8 cost?

Frankly, there is no official price, as we have no confirmation of the availability of devices. Let's look at the previous embodiment for some tips. Here is how they are lined up

  • Reno 7 8GB/128GB – ¥2,699 (approx. £318/€374/$424)
  • OPPO Reno 7 8GB/256GB – ¥2,999 (approx. £353/€415/$470)
  • Reno 7 12GB/256GB – ¥3,299 (approx. £388/€457/$518)

Most of the rumors we’ve seen (and can read below) suggest that the Oppo Reno 8 could be the OnePlus 10 model that didn’t appear with the OnePlus 10 Pro this year. With that in mind, the OnePlus 9 prices are:

  • OnePlus 9 8/128GB - £629/$729/€699
  • OnePlus 9 12/256GB - £729/€799

There is a slight difference in price level between the OnePlus and the Reno 7, so our best bet is that the Reno 8 can sit between the two or be closer to the more expensive OnePlus.

What features and specifications will we see in the Oppo Reno 8?

The Reno service usually includes several phones, and so far we have heard rumors about three: the Reno 8, the Reno 8 Pro and the Reno 8 Lite.

Oppo Reno 8

There have been several different rumors on technology sites and social media posts offering a potential device very similar to what people thought the OnePlus 10 would be. According to Oppo, this is not a far-fetched possibility. and OnePlus are sister companies that combine R&D departments to share resources. This resulted in the launch of a brand that is completely similar to other brands.

The bizarre departure of the OnePlus from the standard 10 this year leaves the possibility that Oppo will be the only one to cover a certain area of the market with the release of the 10 Pro and, according to rumors, the OnePlus 10 Ultra.

Oppo Reno 8

This is how things look, as the Chinese technology news agency Digital Chat Station posted a picture of the device and some of its possible components on Weibo.

As you can see, the reported Reno 8 is very similar to the OnePlus 10 Pro, so if the indication is correct, it definitely indicates that the Oppo is continuing where the OnePlus left off.

The Reno 8 will have a 6.55-inch FHD + AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate (similar to the OnePlus 9) with a 50 Mp IMX766 sensor in the main camera. In the next post, the same leaker adds that with a 4500 mAh battery and an 80 W wired charger, there will be two rear lenses (probably an ultra wide and a macro or depth sensor) at 8Mp and 2Mp.

Perhaps most interestingly, Digital Chat Station has something to say about the chipset. He thinks he will have a Snapdragon 7 Gen 1 in the Reno 8 - it's likely that the chip will debut here as it has yet to be announced.

Oppo Reno 8 Pro

Oppo Reno 8 Pro

The Digital Chat Station is also the source of much of what we know about the Pro version of the Reno 8, which shares an almost complete spec sheet for the phone on Weibo - although we have confirmed that it is certified and open. . at least.

DCS probably envisions a larger screen for the Pro with a 6.7-inch FHD + 120Hz OLED.

It must be equipped with the MariSilicon X image processor found in MediaTek Dimensity 8100 Max and Oppo's flagship Find X5 Pro. As a regular model, it will have a 4500 mAh battery and an 80 W charger.

Camera features are also compatible with the leak for the regular model with a 50Mp IMX766 triple camera - although in this case the selfie camera is also projected with a 32Mp IMX709 sensor.

Finally, it will be available in green, gray and black, with a thickness of 7.34 mm and a total weight of 183 grams.

Oppo Reno 8 Lite

Oppo Reno 8 Lite

We've only heard a reliable rumor about the Reno 8 Lite, but it says a lot about a single leaky phone.

The reason for this is that the generally trusted WinFuture report claims that the 8 Lite is actually the same phone as last year's 7 Lite 5G - it was the same device as the Reno 7 Z 5G.

If this report is correct, the feature list is pretty clear. It will have a Snapdragon 695 5G chipset, a 6.43-inch AMOLED display and a 64 Mp rear camera.

The only real disappointment is that WinFuture says that the phone will be shipped with pre-installed Android 11 instead of the new Android 12.

For more attention-grabbing smartphones, read our guidelines on the best phones, best Android phones, and best phone deals coming in 2022.

Vivo X80: Everything you need to know

Vivo X80 Everything you need to know

Vivo's flagship X-line has come to represent some of the best cameras on any smartphone, and it looks like this on the new 2022 Vivo X80.

The company introduced the X80 and X80 Pro in China later this year with the more powerful X80 Pro +.

When will the Vivo X80 be released worldwide?

Vivo introduced the X80 and X80 Pro for the first time on April 25 in China. Both phones are for sale

Vivo confirmed plans to launch phones globally on May 8; We will learn at least some of the other countries that will receive the latest Vivo flagships and how much they will cost outside of China. The Vivo X70 series has reached India and other Asian markets, but although the previous X60 phones were in North America, they were not fully sold in Europe.

There's another phone to take into account that Vivo is using the phone release in China to introduce the third phone in the series: the X80 Pro + There's some time for this model, but it will go on sale in the third quarter - under a different name. it is convincing that it will only remain in China

It's a bit surprising to see the X80 series in such a short time, not only because the series doesn't fit into the regular release period, but also because it all happened in early April, a few weeks after the company introduced the X Fold X Note and Pad in China.

We talked about the Vivo X80 series as part of our weekly Fast Charge podcast that you can watch here.

How much is the Vivo X80?

The only prices we currently have are the Chinese prices for the X80 and X80 Pro, which we have converted to other global currencies.

  • X80: from ¥3,699 (about £445/$560/€525/₹43,000)
  • X80 Pro: from ¥5,499 (about £660/$840/€780/₹64,000)

As always, these currency conversions are approximate, and any international prices are likely to be actually higher.

Of course, we don't know yet how much the Pro + will cost. This is a price increase compared to the X70 series, so we doubt it will be close to the mark here.

What are the features of the Vivo X80?

With at least two phone officials, we know all about the X80 and X80 Pro in the Chinese versions, and thanks to the leaks, we think we've got some idea of what to expect from the Pro + when it launches. one of the three phones is formed.

Vivo X80

The Vivo X80 is the cheapest phone in the series, but it's no slouch.

Vivo X80

Available in three colors: black-orange and green (although it looks pretty turquoise to us).

The X80 is equipped with an advanced MediaTek Dimensity 9000 chipset, 8GB or 12GB of RAM and 128GB of 256GB or 512GB of memory.

The display has a 6.78-inch FHD + OLED curved display with a refresh rate of 120Hz and a 100% DCI-P3 color gamut, so it should look very smooth.

Power comes from a 4500 mAh battery with 80 W wired charging, but no wireless charging support

Vivo X80

As for the camera, it has a triple lens structure on the back. All three are equipped with a glare-reducing Zeiss T * lens.

This camera is accompanied by a 2x zoom telephoto / portrait camera with f/1.98 aperture using 12Mp Sony IMX663 1/2 inch sensor packaging gimbal style stabilization. Finally, the Sony IMX663 has an 12Mp ultra wide angle with sensor and f / 2.0 aperture.

As for the front, you get a 32Mp 1 / 2.8-inch sensor and a selfie camera with f / 2.5 lens aperture.

In China, the phone is powered by Android 12, which runs Vivo's OriginOS Ocean, but the international version is more likely to use the company's FuntouchOS skin.

Vivo X80 Pro

The X80 Pro is very similar to the X80, but with a few major improvements

Vivo X80

The design is particularly similar with the same color and finish options. In fact, the only real difference is that the camera module is slightly larger to accommodate an additional lens under the main camera ring.

There is another change in the installation, although it is not visible, the X80 Pro has an IP68 rating, which means that it is as safe as phones when it comes to protection from water and dust.

Vivo X80

If you can buy the X80 Pro internally with Dimensity 9000, you can also get a different version with Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 inside. cut the whole world

RAM and storage options are similar with 8GB or 12GB of RAM and 256GB or 512GB of memory.

The screen is the same size as the X80 6.78 inches, but has been upgraded to LTPO 2.0 AMOLED, which means it can reduce the refresh rate to 1Hz to save energy and has a higher QHD + resolution.

It also includes another upgrade, the X80's fingerprint sensor at the bottom of the screen, while the X80 Pro upgrades to an ultrasound sensor with a larger detection area, making it easier to tap at the correct point on the screen to save printing.

Vivo X80

The battery is larger at 4700 mAh with one touch, and although the wired charge is the same at 80 W, you get 50 W wireless charging with reverse charging support.

The main camera, though completely different, is 50Mp, but uses a 1/1.3-inch Samsung ISOCELL GNV sensor with OIS in bright f/1.57 aperture.

The 2x zoom camera is the same as the X80, but with a slightly wider f/1.85 aperture, but the f/3.4 aperture also has a 5x zoom periscope camera with an 8Mp optically stabilized sensor.

Vivo X80: Everything you need to know

Finally, the 48Mp Sony IMX598 sensor with f/2.2 aperture is the same despite the 32Mp hole in f/2.5.

Like the X80, the Pro also comes with Android 12 and OriginOS Ocean

Vivo X80 Pro+

It looks like the X80 Pro + will offer a few key upgrades from the regular Pro, but we don't know what it is.

Although we saw a few leaks for the Pro + before the initial presentation, it turned out that some of them were for the Pro, and as a result left it unclear, and this may still apply to the upcoming phone.

Most likely, the camera will receive most of the improvements, and an old leak predicts that it will use the 50Mp Samsung GN1 sensor at a wider f/1.3 aperture. current X80 phones

There aren't many other leaks that seem convincing after the release of the X80 and X80 Pro for the Pro +, so we'll have to wait a little longer to hear more about the improvements to this phone.

As more details become available, we will of course update this article, so check back periodically to see what we find.

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

Windows 11 Everything You Need to Know

In early 2021, it seemed unlikely that Microsoft would soon release a successor to Windows 10.

Speculation about the potential Windows 11 widened, especially after Microsoft announced an event for June 24.

Shortly after Microsoft finally confirmed the release date of October 5, 2021, the initial setup is now available to members of Windows Insider.

As explained in the company's official blog post, the update was not immediately delivered to all compatible devices. Microsoft has reduced its ability to manage demand by opting for newer equipment.

Microsoft released Windows 11 at the same time as Windows 11, making the Surface Pro 8 Surface Laptop Studio Surface Go 3 and Surface Pro X (2021) one of the first devices to take the new operating system out of the box. There have been many alternatives for several months now

Without further ado, here's everything you need to know about Windows 11

How is Windows 11?

Clearly, wanting not to disappoint millions of people by making drastic changes (as in the end, as in Windows 8), Microsoft has retained the same basic plan as the basic redesign. you can turn the latter to the side if you wish

There's a new widget panel that can show live news and more, replacing the old Start Menu live tiles, and clear Windows has improved grouping and pasting so you can focus more easily on what you're trying to do.

Windows 11 has improved with the introduction of gestures on tablets and a new on-screen keyboard that is more similar to the one on your phone. You can even install and use Android apps through the Amazon Appstore, but this is just the beginning. walk

While there are many visual changes, for most people, Windows 11 should be an easy transition from Windows 10.

When did windows 11 come out

  • First release date: October 5, 2021
  • Free upgrades for all compatible Windows 10 computers coming soon
  • Insider Preview Builds and ISO files are now available for download

As Microsoft confirmed a month ago, Windows 11 was officially released on October 5, 2021.

However, the actual date when genuine hardware manufacturers can begin rolling out Windows 11 will be OEMs, the blog post says, which will be available later as part of a step-by-step and measured approach to devices suitable for improvement on the market.

Immediately after the initial launch, an official Twitter account confirmed that Windows Twitter users are waiting until 2022 for a free update.

Tweet

However, an official blog post from January 2022 confirmed that this is premature, given that Windows 11 is now entering its final stages of existence, and all compatible devices will soon receive the update.

However, you don't have to wait for it to be delivered to your laptop or computer. If you agree to install it manually, the latest version is available for download from the Microsoft website. Learn more about how to do it in our separate guide. To download Windows 11 now. This ISO file is also the way if you want to install it via USB.

How much does Windows 11 cost?

  • Free for compatible computers, new equipment prices depending on the manufacturer

Rating has always been one of the main questions, but the good news is that it is free for compatible computers. This will continue indefinitely throughout the life of Windows 11.

However, it's not as simple as all Windows 10 devices get Windows 11, as explained below. Microsoft has updated the hardware requirements for the new operating system.

Of course, upgrading from Windows 10 will not be the only way to get Windows 11. The company will evaluate its hardware, but expects its equivalent Windows 10 devices to be similar

Note that the free update will be for the same version of Windows you used in Windows 10. For example, if you want to upgrade from Windows 10 Home to Windows 11 Pro, it's a good idea to get Windows 10 Pro first. Microsoft website for £219.99/$199.99

Wasn't Windows 10 the latest version of Windows?

Microsoft said yes when announcing Windows 10 But it probably changed its mind. The company could have released these changes in the Windows 10 update, but chose not to return to this announcement during the presentation, and customers have brief memories.

Interestingly, Microsoft referred to this in the April 2022 hybrid business event. However, the company described the pandemic as the main driver of this change in strategy, adding that "how, when and where we work radically changed overnight."

But after a few months with Windows 11, it's clear that not much has changed under the surface.

Will my current computer or laptop work with Windows 11?

The minimum hardware requirements for Windows 11 are:

  • 1GHz dual-core processor
  • 4GB RAM
  • 64GB of storage
  • UEFI, Secure Boot capable
  • Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 2.0
  • Graphics card compatible with DirectX 12
  • Display larger than 9in with 720p or higher resolution
  • Microsoft account + internet connection

I'm not sure if your device is compatible. Microsoft has released an updated version of the PC Health Check program to help you do this, which can be downloaded from the bottom of the Windows 11 homepage.

See the separate instructions for more information. My computer is run Windows 11

Microsoft does not encourage this, but there is still a way to install Windows 11 on non-supported computers. In fact, you'll most likely see messages in the Settings and desktop warning that your device isn't compatible. Does not affect performance and application compatibility

Windows 11 trailer

There are two important trailers worth watching for Windows 11. The first is the official trailer from June 24.

What new features does Windows 11 have?

There's a lot to go into in detail here, but here are the key things you need to know

First of all, there are major visual repairs Windows 10 has maintained similar looks and feel throughout its life, but with Windows 11, this is about to change.

The new taskbar moves the icons to the center, but this can easily be returned to a more traditional layout, meaning that time and date are displayed on all external displays, and the drag and drop function is expected to return in the 22H2 feature update.

However, there is no indication that other deleted features will reappear, and the Windows 11 taskbar still lacks some personalization features compared to the Windows 10 version.

While its new design isn't necessarily for everyone, the new Start Menu is definitely not lacking. In fact, this aesthetics is similar to what Microsoft has now combined for the now-defunct Windows 10X. When dark mode is active, it looks like this:

Windows 11

It has a network of "Saved" icons that can be customized with a separate "All Programs" section for everything you install. The "Recommended" section below shows the most recently used files, programs, and folders, including those from cloud services such as OneDrive and Microsoft 365, and allows you to quickly move from where you left off, even if it's the last time you use another device.

However, many people were disappointed by this, especially the lack of individualization. However, Microsoft has since added the ability to distinguish between Saved and Recommended sections. The following official screenshots give you an idea of what it looks like:

windows-11

One of the new features that has been well undermined is the new Snap Layouts multifunctional. Swiping the max zoom button lets you choose the order of the programs on the screen as you can see below.

Widgets are not a key feature in the latest versions of Windows, but this has changed. The panel slides from the left, but can be customized to fill the entire screen if you wish. It's designed to take a quick look at important information without distracting you. before opening it

Commands and Conversations are integrated with future updates to Windows 11, allowing you to share and mute windows directly from the taskbar.

Command integration now extends to the Edge browser, which means that separate tabs showing both GPU and crash panel information now appear in the Task Manager. sessions

Many stock apps have been redesigned, including File Explorer and the Microsoft Store. The latter includes support for Android apps through the Amazon Appstore, but you can also use the Epic Games Store if you wish. There is no indication that the Google Play Store will be added to Windows 11, but the solution will allow you to do so

If you prefer to use official services, Google is also working on a special Play Store Games program that is expected to be compatible with Windows 11 and Windows 10 and launched in 2022.

Stock Photos has also been redesigned by Microsoft Panos Panay, as shown below

Tweet

Windows 11 also has a brand new Action Center that splits the Quick Settings Notifications and music controller into separate sections. Its design is inspired by Windows 10X, and the touchpad makes it easy to navigate with a pen or finger.

Windows 11 also has a new Snipping Tool that replaces Windows 10's Snip & Sketch, but offers more functionality than the old Snipping Tool found in previous iterations of Windows.

Numerous stock applications have been redesigned to better adapt to the new design of Windows 11, including the Calculator Clock Notepad Media Player and File Explorer below.

Nine years later, we finally have a new volume

It is designed to be compatible with the rest of the Windows 11 UI. It supports both light and dark modes with the same sliders that appear when changing brightness via keyboard shortcuts. ability to remove the watch

Microsoft Teams integration has received mixed reviews, but now also applies to the Edge browser. This means that separate tabs showing both GPU and crash panel information now appear in the Task Manager. replaced with common characters during personal review sessions

Available from February 2022, Task Manager versions support Eco mode. This can be used to allocate more resources to certain programs by prioritizing others. life gets better

Elsewhere, Windows 11's Dynamic Update Frequency feature is now available on compatible devices (including Microsoft's Surface Pro 8 and Surface Laptop Studio), allowing panels above 60Hz to automatically adjust update speeds depending on what you're doing, eliminating unnecessary power prevents loss.

The first major update for Windows 11 came in February 2022 and added several new features. These include the new functionality of the redesigned Notepad and Media Player taskbar, and a public view of local Android application support. Windows 11 itself

When Microsoft introduced Windows 11, the default made it difficult to change the browser, but in March 2022, the company canceled this decision. Starting with version KB50011563, HTTP HTTPS will have an option in Settings to set the browser as the default for HTML. and HTM files, again. You will also need to change the location where the PDFs are opened separately

Such updates are 40% smaller than Windows 10 and are implemented in the background, which means that they should not stop working. Windows 11 is also more energy efficient, which means that it should increase battery life in the long run, ie use less energy. which means your laptop should last longer

Upcoming Windows 11 features

Although Microsoft initially announced that Windows 11 would undergo annual feature updates, it has since become clear that the operating system will receive new features throughout the year.

According to Windows Central In, most of this may come in the 22H2 update. These will be as follows and all new features will be tested soon.

  • Initially applied folders
  • Drag and drop to the taskbar
  • Quick Settings / Notification Center improvements
  • Files embedded in File Explorer
  • Acrylic hoods are something that Windows Latest has also reported
  • Snap Bar Shooting
  • UX Gestures for Start / Quick Settings Using Touch
  • New live hood function

In early March 2022, Microsoft announced Preview Build 22567, which combines more new features. These include new touch screen gestures, accessible voice commands, and Open with redesigned dialogs.

Tweet

The February 2022 Insider structure has disabled several features that may be added in future updates. These include the ability to hide the taskbar when using Windows 11 as a tablet, a new maintenance mode in Settings, and stickers that can be pasted on desktop wallpaper. Accessing Priority notification sessions will be easier when you get Focus Assist, also known as Focus, and a few new features

Windows 11 is already a popular operating system for games, but Microsoft is testing another feature in Windows Insider. Pressing the Xbox controller and Xbox button connected to your computer will launch a new control panel that allows you to quickly switch between the latest versions. games and game launchers. how it will look

One of the most rumored but unconfirmed features is support for third-party widgets. According to screenshots taken from the Microsoft Store in January 2022, this is what FireCube is offering on Twitter.

Twitter

It is unclear whether we will have to wait for the first feature update for Windows 11 in 2022 to see all these potentially expected features. That's all we know so far about the 22H2 update.

In Part 86 of the Fast Charge In weekly podcast mix, we discuss Windows 11 in detail.

Technical Advisor Guide for Windows 11

The site, which answers all the basic questions about Microsoft's new operating system, also has a wide coverage of Windows 11.

Basics

  • Now how to get the latest version of Windows 11
  • Will my computer work with Windows 11?
  • When will my computer get Windows 11?
  • How to install Windows 11 on a device that is not supported
  • Will Windows 10 programs continue to run on Windows 11?
  • Do I still need a Windows 10 laptop or computer?
  • Does Windows 11 come with Microsoft Office?
  • What is the difference between Windows 11 Home and Pro?
  • How much should we worry about Windows 11 ransomware?
  • Pay attention to malware similar to Windows 11 download links
  • Windows 11 2022 Update (22H2): Everything we know so far
  • Windows 11 2023 (23H2) update: Everything we know so far

Tutorials

  • How to use Image in Image in Windows 11
  • How to create a guest account in Windows 11 (and Windows 10)
  • How to get Windows 11 February update
  • How to archive programs in Windows 11
  • How to stop Windows 11 programs from opening at startup
  • How to customize the Windows 11 Start menu
  • How to turn off automatic updates in Windows 11
  • How to get Google Play Store on Windows 11
  • Make Windows 11 more like Windows 10
  • How to fix missing taskbar and Start menu in Windows 11
  • How to install Windows 11 from USB
  • How to test without installing Windows 11
  • How to download from Windows 11 to Windows 10
  • How to change the default browser in Windows 11
  • How to use your Windows 11 device as a hotspot
  • How to get Windows 11 for free

News

  • The latest update to Windows 11 is even more problematic
  • The latest bug in Windows 11 prevents you from installing updates
  • Microsoft is announcing a number of new features for Windows 11
  • The next update to Windows 11 will reduce Blue Screen crashes
  • Windows 11 is tuned for the new Search Experience and File Explorer icons
  • The latest update to Windows 11 hides the Start menu, but that's not a mistake
  • Windows 11 is now installed on almost 20% of all Windows devices
  • Windows 11 Android apps require at least 8 GB of RAM and an SSD
  • Microsoft is testing more new Windows 11 features
  • The first major update to Windows 11 introduces Android apps to everyone
  • The February update of Windows 11 is already causing problems
  • Windows 11 increased its market share by 3.5% in just one month
  • Windows 11 set for new tablet functionality and wallpaper stickers
  • Microsoft is changing its approach to new Windows 11 features
  • Microsoft is releasing an update to fix Windows 11 and 10 VPN issues
  • An important security feature of Windows 11 causes AMD performance problems
  • There are currently 1.4 billion Windows users, but how many Windows 11 users are there?
  • Google Play Store games will come to Windows in 2022
  • Faulty Intel audio drivers that caused Windows 11 to crash
  • Windows 11's native Android software support can now be tested
  • Microsoft is releasing a patch for Windows 11 performance issues related to AMD
  • Microsoft Windows 11 is undergoing annual feature updates
  • Windows 11 is here, but not much has changed
  • Why is Windows 11 so similar to the Windows 10 feature update?
  • According to Microsoft, why is Windows 11 faster than Windows 10?
  • Windows 11 will come on October 5, but there is no support for the Android application
  • There is a big downside to Windows 11's new approach to the Microsoft Store
  • Missed Windows 11 features
  • Windows 11 does not have Windows 10 features
  • Windows 11 runs in the dark by default
  • Windows 11 is available in seven different editions
  • The new Microsoft Store for Windows 11 has made a promising start
  • Windows 11 Home does not work without a Microsoft account
  • Android, Snapdragon 888+ and Windows 11 in One UI Watch Fast Charge ep. 72
  • Why is Windows 11 so similar to the Windows 10 feature update?

Keep it open to Technical Advisor for more Windows 11 coverage in the coming weeks and months.

Apple iPhone SE (2022) full review

iPhone SE 2022 review

Should I buy the Apple iPhone SE (2022)?

ProsCons
Latest Apple chipDated design
Wireless chargingAwful LCD display
IP67 water-resistanceOnly one rear camera
Poor value

Our decision

The iPhone SE only makes sense for buyers who need an iPhone, but can't afford to upgrade to the 12 Mini, or still don't give up their Touch ID. As long as you can deal with an unusual display and retro aesthetics, equivalent Android is better.

Apple iPhone SE (2022) full review

iPhone SE is a funny, old phone. It's a very old design and display, but with the latest Apple processor and 5G connection, it's a very old device in a sense, and a very modern device.

The same discrepancies (almost the same) were present in the 2020 iPhone SE, but Apple's budget proposal remained stable as the rest of the market progressed.

So even though the previous SE was a phone I recommended - with some serious caveats - this 2022 edition is hard to sell

Frankly, it only serves the audience and will never buy an Android device at all, but it is for those who can't afford the iPhone 12 Mini or other more expensive Apple phones.

Design and build

  • 8-year-old design
  • Home Button – but huge black bezel
  • Small – but not the smallest iPhone
  • Aluminium build and IP67 rating

Let me be clear for a moment, the design of the iPhone SE dates back to 2014. That's when Apple introduced the iPhone 6, which looks basically the same as this year's SE. was essentially static in both the 2020 SE and 2022 models

Apple iPhone SE (2022) full review

This means that there is still a Home Button at the bottom of the screen and no notches on it, but it also means that you will have to live with a large black frame above and below the displayed screen.

There are still good aspects to the design. First, the small SE is only 5.45 inches high and weighs just 144 grams. Compact, comfortable and one-handed to hold and use. However, it should be noted that it is not the smallest phone from Apple iPhone The 12 Mini and 13 Mini are smaller and lighter, although they have larger screens, so if size is a major issue for you, they are worth a look.

One of the possible reasons to prefer the SE is its old aesthetics, which come with rounded edges that Apple likes, as its other phones use square edges that look smooth but are a little less comfortable to hold. there is still no headphone jack

Apple iPhone SE (2022) review

While Android phones at the same price look more modern than the iPhone SE, it's fair to say that Apple excels in build quality. and rated IP67 for dust and water resistance

Screen and sound

  • Tiny 4.7in display
  • Low resolution, LCD, and 60Hz refresh rate
  • Stereo speakers

If the reusable design blocks the iPhone SE, that's not true when it comes to the screen.

It is one of the worst screens of any modern smartphone, 4.7 inches small, uses old LCD technology instead of premium OLED panel, has low resolution, not even Full HD, dim and therefore difficult to use in bright sunlight. and turn off the refresh rate at 60 Hz

You can spend half and still find an Android phone that is superior to SE in almost every one of these features.

Apple iPhone SE 2022

Yes, that's part of what keeps the phone so small, and it may appeal to some, but thanks to its modern design, Apple's 12 Mini and 13 Mini offer more screen space with 5.4-inch panels. In general, stay smaller.

The effect is both practical and aesthetic. SE can hardly fit modern applications on its screen. Some Instagram posts can't show cookie pop-ups, they block more websites than intended, and hopefully you don't. There's no need to type anything, the keyboard takes up half of the screen and often blocks text input areas you're trying to use.

The small screen is also a blow to the general argument that SE is a great phone for older users who don't want to learn the new sliding-based interface. prefers to increase the size of the text) makes it a questionable choice for anyone who needs visual accessibility

Apple iPhone SE 2022

At least the sound prices are better. Apple has included stereo speakers here as a relative oddity to this price, and they are loud and clear, especially considering the size of the phone. You probably won't buy SEs just for their speakers, but they're still good.

Features and performance

  • Apple’s latest A15 Bionic chip
  • Mostly smooth performance
  • 5G connectivity

Now for the good things, the main way the iPhone SE differs from the mid-level competition is that it offers the fastest chip you can find on any phone right now.

Apple has included the A15 Bionic chip in the same chipset you can find in the iPhone 13 series, and it is rumored that it will be a reusable chip for the iPhone 14.

This suggests that the iPhone SE is strong and indeed approaching the flagship level, only maintained by the low levels of RAM found here.

The phone flies by the criteria, but surprisingly, when used in real life, I sometimes found that the programs crashed faster than I expected and even struggled with some stuttering and lagging when talking about the software below.

I wonder if most of the people provided by SE will need so much power, and more importantly, whether this money can be better spent on modern design, but I can't really argue with the results.

The biggest improvement here in the 2020 SE is that the A15 will also bring 5G network support; While this doesn't mean anything to your phone in the future, if you're in the US, keep in mind that unlike many other 5G phones, this isn't the case. t supports mm Wave, so it will not reach the fastest 5G speeds

Again, 5G support gives the SE a big advantage over the iPhone 11, otherwise it could be a more attractive upgrade for just $70/£70/€90.

In terms of other networks, you'll find Wi-Fi 6 and Bluetooth 5.0 (not the latest standards, but not close enough) along with NFC for Apple Pay.

Battery life and charging

  • Decent battery life
  • Average wired charging (charger not included)
  • Wireless charging support

Small phones mean small batteries, and just two years ago, I listed the 2020 iPhone SE as one of my main criticisms of poor battery life.

According to Apple's credit, a lot has changed in these two years. The company officially lists a two-hour improvement in battery life for the SE, but in my experience, the update is more important. The latest model took almost a day, but this year's iteration will last a day, if you are a light user, come to the end of a second

This is important because charging is less effective. Apple supports charging speeds of up to 20W via a wired Lightning connection, but keep in mind that the company no longer sends a charger with its phones.

Apple iPhone SE (2022) full review

In a test I used on a third-party charger, the iPhone SE was able to charge 32% in 15 minutes and 61% in half an hour, which is faster than Apple's promise of 50% fair, but still faster than most competitors. . slow and probably allows you to charge your phone overnight

The secret weapon here is wireless charging support, which is almost unheard of at this price, and with the A15 this is the iPhone's main advantage over Android rivals. There's no support for MagSafe, so it's still not available with Apple's latest flagship. charging options

Cameras and videos

  • 12Mp rear camera
  • 7Mp selfie camera
  • No night mode

The iPhone SE has good and bad elements in its camera design, but if you're happy with a single camera lens that can take good shots during the day, it all depends on it. will not deliver photos at night

Apple has included only one rear camera, 12Mp, f / 1.8 (in terms of hardware) Like the 2020 model, Apple has been a proponent of affordable phones by focusing its efforts on powerful main cameras.

Apple iPhone SE

The camera improvements here are courtesy of the A15 Bionic chip with smartphone photography, which is increasingly dependent on computing factors. The problem is that Apple has decided to artificially limit the functionality of the A15 on this phone, especially by leaving out the night mode option, although it is not so obvious. for technical reasons it is not possible to support here

Remove the iPhone SE during the day and you are unlikely to be disappointed. The images are clear and detailed, with the quieter and more vibrant color palette the iPhones are currently the most recognizable, but of course the limited dynamic range keeps it going.

Despite the decent camera and old equipment, it easily matches the results of other phones, which cost $400/£400 during the day.

Even at night, SE is not terrible. I took a few low-light shots, mostly to my satisfaction, and the inclusion of a rare optical image stabilization in this price clearly helped.

Still, it's hard to deny that most Android competitors have passed this level, especially when it comes to dynamic range and light source control, as the iPhone tries to turn off every light during nighttime shooting.

Apple iPhone SE (2022)

The 7Mp shooter with f/2.2 aperture on the front has a single selfie camera. Again, it's not a camera to trust tonight, but it's not much to complain about selfies, otherwise it may not be night mode, but it's a portrait option, and that's fine, except for the portrait option. gives a few loose hairs that are prone to blurring in the background

Like most iPhone smartphones, this is a capable video device. With impressive stabilization and strong quality, it can record up to 4K @ 60 frames / s. Although Cinematic Mode, introduced on the iPhone 13, allows video with different field depth and blur, there is another drawback. here. not found

Software and updates

  • Ships with iOS 15
  • Likely to receive years of software support
  • Some performance problems stutters

The software is another feature of the iPhone SE, equipped with iOS 15, the latest version of Apple In mobile operating system

Even the original iPhone SE, released in 2016, is likely to be supported for years. If this model sees similar support, it can be updated not only to iOS 16, but in all ways this year. Six years later iOS 21

No Android phone can compete with this longevity, but to be fair, they are growing, Google has tended to support mid-range Pixel a series phones for several years now, and Samsung has promised to update at least four Android versions for the iPhone SE. rival Galaxy A53.

Apple iPhone SE (2022) full review

In any case, software can be crucial for other reasons, and we all know that most phone users stay true to the system they know. When other iPhones are about to slide

The Home button also brings Touch ID, a security method used here, from unlocking your phone to using Apple Pay. None

Otherwise, iOS 15 is what you expect, but nothing much has changed here from the older versions. The notifications still feel great compared to Android, and the lack of a constantly open screen option is disappointing, but Apple's strengths are its simplicity and strong aesthetics.

Apple iPhone SE 2022 home batten

Oddly enough, even though I had software problems in SE, several apps often froze or crashed while I was working on the phone, and the constant error is to see that the phone screen turns upside down when the phone is unlocked and stays that way for about a minute. ten seconds ago. corrects itself

These aren't the problems I found on the iPhone 12 updated to iOS 15, so I can't help but think that these are optimization issues specifically related to SE.

None of these glitches break the deal, but they do disprove the notion that the iPhone software experience is essentially smoother or free from frustration and disappointment.

price and availability

The iPhone SE is now available worldwide, and you can get it from Apple itself or from major electronics retailers, including Amazon.

Vodafone O2 is available on all major UK networks, including Three and EE.

A similar story is available at T-Mobile Verizon and AT&T in the United States

Available in three storage levels:

  • 64GB: $429/£419/€529
  • 128GB: $479/£469/€579
  • 256GB: $579/£569/€699

At this price, the phone's direct competitor, the Samsung Galaxy A53, which is priced at £399/$449/449, includes long-lasting software waterproofing and 5G support, but has the advantage of a more modern design and display. CPU is not that powerful

If you're in the US, the $ 449 Pixel 5a is also an attractive competitor, although this model has never been sold worldwide. As long as you're not against Android, it will surpass the iPhone SE in terms of value.

Apple iPhone SE

The $ 499/489/619 € iPhone 11 from Apple is the next step, but anyone tempted by the SE will be a bigger fan of the $ 599/579 / € 719 iPhone 12 Mini, which also has a smaller but much larger screen than the SE. and even if you have better cameras, you'll have to give up the Home button along the way. If your budget goes that far, the 12 Mini is a better buy

Decision

The iPhone SE offers a lot of power, but I'm not sure why this is the main area where the latest SE doesn't need upgrades.

Few people would want to use all that performance to control top-of-the-line mobile games or for many tasks on such a drunken screen. Demand for more expensive options

But other than wireless charging, the A15 chip is the iPhone SE's only target in the wider mid-range market, at which price Android rivals now offer similar software support, keeping up with it in waterproofing and surpassing SE in screen quality design and camera performance.

If you're happy with Android, there are countless options that will save you significantly good money without relying on outdated parts.

So the iPhone SE really makes sense for buyers who only need to own an iPhone, but can't afford to switch to the 12 Mini, or who still haven't given up their Touch ID. You're good as long as you can handle the bad screen's retro aesthetics and camera limitations, but I promise you don't know what you're missing out on.

Apple iPhone SE 2022 (iPhone SE 3)

Specifications

Key Specs

RAM4 GB
ProcessorApple A15 Bionic
Rear Camera12 MP
Front Camera7 MP
Battery2018 mAh
Display4.7 inches

General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemiOS v15

Performance

ChipsetApple A15 Bionic
CPUHexa Core (3.23 GHz, Dual core, Avalanche + 1.82 GHz, Quad core, Blizzard)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication5 nm
GraphicsApple GPU (four-core graphics)
RAM4 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

Display

Display TypeIPS LCD
Screen Size4.7 inches (11.94 cm)
Resolution750 x 1334 pixels
Aspect Ratio16:9
Pixel Density326 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)65.23 %
Screen ProtectionYes
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness625 nits

Design

Height138.4 mm Compare Size
Width67.3 mm
Thickness7.3 mm
Weight144 grams
Build MaterialBack: Mineral Glass
ColoursMidnight, Starlight, Product Red
WaterproofYes, Water resistant (up to 30 minutes in a depth of 1 meter), IP67
RuggednessDust proof

Camera

Main Camera
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution12 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle, Primary Camera
AutofocusYes
OISYes
FlashYes, Quad LED Flash
Image Resolution4000 x 3000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Burst mode
Camera Features5 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording3840x2160 @ 24 fps
1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
Front Camera
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution7 MP f/2.2, Primary Camera
FlashYes, Retina Flash
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps

Battery

Capacity2018 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableYes
Wireless ChargingYes
Quick ChargingYes, Fast, 20W: 50 % in 30 minutes
USB Type-CNo

Storage

Internal Memory64 GB
Expandable MemoryNo
Storage TypeNVMe

Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: eSIM
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39) / 3500(band 42)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 1500(band 11) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 1500(band 21) / 1900(band 25) / 850(band 26) / 700(band 29) / 2300(band 30)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39) / 3500(band 42)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 13) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 1500(band 21) / 1900(band 25) / 850(band 26) / 700(band 29) / 2300(band 30)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
Wi-Fi CallingYes
BluetoothYes, v5.0
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCYes
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

Multimedia

FM RadioNo
Stereo SpeakersYes
LoudspeakerYes
Audio JackLightning
Audio FeaturesDolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus

Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionFront
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Barometer, Compass, Gyroscope

Alienware M15 R4 Gaming Laptops

Alienware M15 R4 Gaming Laptops

Alienware m15 R4 Cherry is the first gaming laptop to include the famous MX keys, although the excellent keyboard on the laptop is rare and mechanical boards are found.

The firm's partnership with Cherry (called Project X) began three years ago and resulted in the MX switch shrinking to a size small enough to fit on the laptop's chassis.

The height of the ultra-low profile MX wrench is only 3.5 mm, which is a big difference from the original 18.5 mm or even 11.8 mm low profile version. It has passed more than 160 prototypes and has mechanical components made of stainless steel

Inspired by the top-opening gull-winged doors of the popular DeLorean sports car, Alienware allows you to push the keyboard deeper with more emphasis, designing the keyboard as an extension of the player's senses.

You get a full 1.8mm travel, and the self-cleaning mechanism has been tested for durability for 15 million keystrokes. It is also extremely sensitive thanks to a two-part key structure and a gold-based cross-point connection system.

Alienware m15 R4

Of course, Dell's Alienware m14 R4 has more than just a keyboard. It has a 15.6-inch Full HD display with an update frequency of 144 or 300 Hz, if you don't prefer the Ultra HD OLED model. It runs on Intel's 10th generation processors and the graphics card is Nvidia GeForce RTX 3060 3070 or 3080

It starts at £ 2,049 at the Dell store.

Along with the m15 R4, Alienware has updated the Dell XPS Desktop and Alienware Aurora R12 with Nvidia RTX 3000 series graphics cards. They will go on sale on March 25 for 899 pounds and on March 30 for 1201 pounds.

See our table of the best gaming laptops

OPPO F21 Pro price in pakistan

OPPO F21 Pro price in pakistan

OPPO F21 PRO DETAILS

Super AMOLED display Rear 64MP Main Camera 32MP Selfie Camera Qualcomm Snapdragon 680 chipset with 8GB RAM Super VOOC 33W Fast Charging Expandable internal memory

Decision

OPPO F21 Pro has a solid set of features that promises high performance from start to finish. You can save it in various programs and games, as well as plan a full-day shoot with it. It also promises 8 GB of RAM, a lot of tasks without delay. A powerful player with a four-camera configuration.

Display

OPPO F21 Pro price in pakistan

The 6.43-inch AMOLED front display of the OPPO F21 Pro is equipped with a pixel density of 409 ppi, a 20: 9 aspect ratio and a resolution of 1080 x 2400 pixels. The smartphone's bezel-less display also comes with a hole for a selfie lens in the upper left corner. Also, the screen protector is covered with Corning Gorilla Glass.

Camera
OPPO F21 Pro price in pakistan

The back of the device has a triple camera device, including LED Flash and Phase Detection Auto Focus. The camera device is equipped with a 64-megapixel main camera, a 2-megapixel macro lens and a 2-megapixel depth lens. OPPO also introduced a 32 MP Main Camera to take selfies on the front.

Configuration

The OPPO F21 Pro is also equipped with a quad-core Kryo 265 2.4GHz and a quad-core Kryo 265 1.9GHz eight-core processor, while the Qualcomm Snapdragon 680 chipset offers fast and satisfactory performance. To ensure smooth multitasking and attractive visuals, the brand has assembled 8GB RAM and Adreno 610 GPU inside.

Battery

The operating power of the OPPO F21 Pro comes from a 4500mAh Li-Polymer cell. Supports non-removable and Super VOOC 33W Fast Charge mechanism

Storage and Connection

Users get 128 GB of internal memory, which can be expanded up to 256 GB. OPPO F21 Pro 4G allows you to make uninterrupted voice and video calls over VoLTE network connections. Other features available on this device include Wi-Fi, Mobile Hotspot, Bluetooth v5.0, A-GPS with Glonass and USB Type-C.

OPPO F21 Pro price in pakistan

OPPO F21 PRO PRICE IN PAKISTAN

OPPO F21 Pro price in Pakistan starts from Rs. 52,999. The lowest price of OPPO F21 Pro is Rs. 52,999 at croma.com. This is 8 GB RAM / 128 GB internal storage base variant of OPPO F21 Pro which is available in Cosmic Black, Sunset Orange colour

OPPO F21 PRO SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM8 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 680
Rear Camera64 MP + 2 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera32 MP
Battery4500 mAh
Display6.43 inches

General

Launch DateApril 12, 2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIColorOS

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 680
CPUOcta core (2.4 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265 + 1.9 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 265)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsAdreno 610
RAM8 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

 Display

Display TypeAMOLED
Screen Size6.43 inches (16.33 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2400 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density409 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)85.28 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass v5,
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness600 nits
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.80 %

 Design

Height159.9 mm Compare Size 
Width73.2 mm
Thickness7.5 mm
Weight175 grams
ColoursCosmic Black, Sunset Orange
WaterproofYes, Splash proof, IPX4

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution64 MP f/1.7, Wide Angle (79° field-of-view), Primary Camera
2 MP f/3.3
2 MP f/2.4, Mono Camera
AutofocusYes
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution9000 x 7000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera FeaturesDigital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution32 MP f/2.4, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(2.74" sensor size)
SensorExmor RS
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

 Battery

Capacity4500 mAh
TypeLi-Polymer
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Super VOOC, 33W: 31 % in 15 minutes
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 1 TB
Storage TypeUFS 2.2
USB OTGYes

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 900(band 8) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 900(band 8) / 850(band 5)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/b/g/n/n 5GHz
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.1
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCNo
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Gyroscope

LATEST STORIES

Oppo F21 Pro will have a unique selfie camera

Get ready to witness the launch of OPPO F21 Pro with the industry’s First Fiberglass Leather Design

Oppo F21 Pro Series Coming Soon With Unique Back Covers

This is about Oppo F21 Pro Fiberglass Leather

Oppo F21 Pro Presents Official Image Design

The design process of the Oppo F21 Pro is described in detail before the presentation

OPPO F21 F21 Pro F21 Pro Plus

Microsoft Surface Pro 4 Core i7 6th Gen 256 GB

Microsoft Surface Pro 4 Core i7 6th Gen 256 GB

I have to buy Microsoft Surface Pro 4 Expert Evaluation Our decision about Surface Pro 4 has a lot to like and praise. Design for beginners The design is more subtle and light The screen is excellent, has enough power. The new Surface Pen is better, and although the Type Cover last time was a lot, the design is sometimes awkward, more expensive than many laptops, and lowers the cost, not including the Type Cover you'll need most.

Microsoft Surface Pro 4 full review

Microsoft's Surface Pro 4 is the latest Windows 10 tablet. Here's a complete and in-depth look at the Surface Pro 4. Watch the presentation of Surface Pro 5 live and read everything about the new Surface Pro

While Microsoft continues to build its hardware with other devices such as Lumia smartphones and Band 2, the Surface Pro 4 is here to become a "tablet that can replace your laptop." But did Microsoft achieve this by rediscovering the Surface Pro? Find our Surface Pro 4 in our review

Microsoft Surface Pro 4 UK reviews price and competition

Starting at £ 749, the new Surface Pro 4 is more expensive than the previous generation, but when it comes to upgrades and improvements, Microsoft is almost out of town. Note that the price is not comparable to tablets like the £ 399 iPad Air 2.

Check it out here on Amazon. While this is the starting price, you can spend £ 2,199 on the best model in its class. That's a lot of money, especially considering that Microsoft pays you extra for the keyboard cover. Surface Pro 4 is not a winner when it comes to value

The iPad Pro starts at a more affordable price of £ 679, but that price only gives you 32GB of memory and doesn't include a keyboard or Apple Pencil, so the Surface Pro 4 doesn't look too bad with a minimum of 128GB and includes a Surface Pen.

One of the keys here is that there are many laptops out there that offer a better Windows 10 experience for less money, so the Pro 4 doesn't have to be the right purchase for everyone. Here is a table explaining the different Surface Pro 4 models you can choose from - our Core i5 model is priced at £ 1,079.

Microsoft has now introduced in the UK the 1TB Surface Pro 4, which comes with an Intel Core i7 chip and 16 GB of RAM. This model is available in the Microsoft Store for 2199 pounds.

Surface Pro 4 prices

ProcessorMemoryStorage
£749Core m34GB128GB
£1799Core i716GB512GB
£1449Core i716GB256GB
£1299Core i78GB256GB
£1079Core i58GB256GB
£849Core i54GB128GB

If you decide between the Surface Pro 4 and the MacBook Air, Apple's latest models also start at £ 749 and, of course, come with everything you need. This price is for a smaller 11-inch size

Microsoft Surface Pro 4 overview Design and build quality

You can mix the Pro 4 with the Pro 3 at first, but after a closer look, there are some major changes that make a big difference in the overall experience.

It is thinner and has a larger screen that does not have a larger overall size due to thinner frames. Microsoft said it's as thin as possible without getting rid of the USB port - and we'd be very disappointed if the company chose a thickness over USB.

Microsoft Surface Pro 4

Only 8.4 mm is really impressive for a device with the high level of features presented here. All this also means that the device is lighter at 766 g for the Core M model. This is because it does not require a fan, so if you choose the Core i model, you can add 20 g, which is not a big leap. This thing is seriously light and portable

Dell Alienware 15 R4

Dell Alienware 15 R4

Dell Alienware 15 R4 - 8th Gen Ci7 HexaCore (9-MB Cache) 16GB 1TB + 128GB SSD 6-GB NVIDIA GeForce GTX1060 15.6" FHD IPS LED 60Hz 4-Zones Backlit KB VR-Ready (Black, Open Box)

Dell Alienware 15 R4

Specifications

BrandDell
Generation08th Generation
Processor Type8th Generation Core i7-8750H Hexa Core Processor (6 Cores - 12 Threads)
Processor Speed2.2 GHz Turbo Boost 4.1 (9 MB Cache)
Installed RAM16 GB
Type of memory2400MHz; up to 32GB (additional memory sold separately)
Hard drive size1 TeraByte HDD + 128 GB SSD
Hard drive speed7200 RPM
Optical DriveNo
Type of optical drive-
SSD128 GB SSD
Type of harddrive128GB PCIe M.2 SSD + 1TB 7200RPM HDD
Dedicated graphicsYes
Graphics memoryNVIDIA® GeForce® GTX 1060 with 6GB GDDR5
Type of graphics memoryDedicated
Switchable graphicsYes
Graphics processorIntel
BacklightLED
Screen size15.6" Full HD 1080p 60Hz IPS Panel Display NVIDIA G-SYNC Enabled
Screen surface15.6" Full HD 1080p 60Hz IPS Panel Display NVIDIA G-SYNC Enabled
Screen resolution1920x1080
TouchscreenNo
ColorSilver
Weight7.69 lbs (3.49 kg)
Fingerprint ReaderNo
Numeric keyboardYes, (English-Arabic- Layout)
Backlit keyboard4-zone, multi-color RGB, keyboard with AlienFX lighting control
BluetoothBluetooth 5.0
LANYes
SpeedKiller Networks e2500 Gigabit Ethernet NIC
Wireless/WifiYes
TypeKiller 1550 802.11ac 2x2 WiFi
ConditionOpen Box
USBYes
HDMIHDMI 2.0 Output + Mini-Display Port 1.2 (certified) Output |
CameraYes
Operating system (Primary)Genuine Windows 10 Home

Dell Alienware 15 R4 - 8th Gen Price in Pakistan

Rs. 195,000

Dell Alienware 15 R4

Dell Alienware 15 R4

OPERATING SYSTEM

With Windows 10 Home - Break Borders and Introduce yourself to more realistic graphics than ever with the new Alienware 15's multi-threaded scaling capabilities

Dell Alienware 15 R4

METAL DESIGNED FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF SHIPPING PERFORMANCE

Alienware 15 has 8th Generation Intel® Core ™ i9-Series processors for our most powerful 15-inch laptop to date. This machine is mechanically designed with advanced, Alienware Cryo-Tech V2.0 heating technology with a slim, hinged design to achieve maximum performance from premium components. With an improved cooling system and state-of-the-art ventilation, your system can stay cool even under extreme graphic pressure.

Alienware 15 R4 gaming

Made of perfect materials, this machine uses magnesium alloy for hardness, copper for better performance, anodized aluminum for extra protection and steel for ease of weaving. With our factory-overclocked NVIDIA® GTX 1060 and 1070 graphics, or the new NVIDIA® GTX 1080 with Max-Q technology (110 watts), you can take gaming to a whole new level with a 5.0 GHz overclocked CPU and high-speed DDR4. system memory. Up to 2666 MHz

NEW ALIENWARE COMMAND CENTER

CALIBRATE YOUR CONTROLS

You now control your hardware and software environment. Not only can you customize the equipment for each game you play, but you can also customize the space and installation to make your software look and feel exactly as you want it without interfering with your playground or other activities.

ACE Library Science

The easy-to-use interface makes it easy to access game data by combining all your various system settings into a game library. Whatever the source, the team center gives you easy access to your games and the ability to customize each of them. Create a unique game profile and keep it the way you want it, no matter where you launch it

ALIENFX LIGHTING

ALIENFX Lighting

Remember new themes, assign them to your games, and adjust peripheral settings with new AlienFX hardware and software that supports full RGB values and up to 16.8 million colors. A new user interface has been added to create and map new system-level effects so you can control lighting and settings from the same controls. Certain systems and equipment also offer settings for group button colors

IMPROVE YOUR COLOR GAME

We now offer your favorite Alienware gaming laptops in legendary black or silver color choices

Dell Alienware 15.

KEYBOARD

KEYBOARD

EVERYBODY KEYBOARD The n-key conversion with the advanced Alienware TactX keyboard is now supported and allows more than 108 keystrokes per minute for maximum operations. This is the only keyboard on a laptop with 2.2 mm button movement and responds to any key. The steel back plate offers rigidity and uniform feedback, guaranteed to last up to 10 million buttons

Additional lighting for each button, AlienFX lighting with optimized RGB / LED, and you now have the option to create and download unique themes supported in more than 170 games. With the new and improved AlienFX, you can create a more personal look for your cars with lights that respond to your gaming activities.

Dell Alienware 15 - R4 i7

DESIGNED FOR VR

Immerse yourself in virtual reality experiences that bring you to mind with a VR-ready system certified by Oculus Ready and Vive Optimized.

You will experience the latest AAA game titles and VR content as intended. Reach a new level of availability with NVIDIA® VRWorks technology. Real visuals, sound, touch and simulated environments are your new virtual reality. With NVIDIA® GeForce® 10 series graphics and the latest, best CPUs, Alienware 15 is better than expected.

TAKE YOUR GRAPHICS FURTHER

SEND MORE GRAPHICS Alienware Graphics Amplifier provides future testing of an additional 4-port USB 3.0 hub for enhanced full-length, double-width graphics and additional peripherals. With a dedicated PCI-Express X4 Gen 3 with a total speed of up to 40 Gbit / s, you never have to worry about the downsides of shared switching.

Dell Alienware 15 R4 gaming

THERE IS NOTHING BETWEEN THE GAME AND THE GAME

The NVIDIA® G-Sync GeForce® GTX provides the smoothest and fastest experience ever with the ability to sync screen refresh rates with the GPU, eliminate screen tearing, and minimize both image stuttering and input delays.

Witness the difference that a large 15 "LCD can create with the supported FHD 60Hz *, FHD 120Hz * and UHD resolution options - all with anti-glare coating

ALIENWARE PERFORMANCE INCREASED BY 15

The new Alienware 15 with overclocked GPU and CPU improves performance compared to its predecessor with the latest generation NVIDIA® GeForce® graphics and Intel® Core ™ processors.

ALIENWARE PERFORMANCE INCREASED BY 15

TOOLS THAT PLAYERS NEED

Alienware 15 has been upgraded to give players the tools they need to do their best

Killer ™ Wireless: Killer DoubleShot ™ Pro provides wired and wireless network setup that prioritizes internet traffic and data flow to the applications that matter most to you. The Volunteer Killer 1550 provides a maximum throughput of up to 1.73 Gbps for higher-speed gaming.

Thunderbolt Type-C port: Multiple port options with a ready-to-use multi-port, such as a USB 3.1 port that offers 10Gbps data transfer, a 40Gbps Thunderbolt connection, or a DisplayPort that allows multiple monitors to support the DP protocol

Longer battery life: With a 99Whr * battery, we provide the maximum battery power allowed by law - it stores and delivers more energy than any other laptop battery for longer uninterrupted gaming.

Solid-state disc: Download your games faster, protect against shocks and vibrations, get better speed and capacity, etc. Solid state discs are quiet with a whisper and are less prone to malfunctions due to the lack of moving parts. A quieter system means you can better detect every step your enemy takes. And with the available Optane ™ memory, you can take your game even further.

Hear every battle cry: Thanks to the improved design, a larger and more effective speaker box has been installed, which improves sound output for a clearer and more dramatic gaming experience.

Clean your desktop and motherboard: Avoid excessive cables and adopt a "desktop mode" design where most of your critical connections and ports are on the back.

Dell Alienware 15 R4 pots

PORTS AND SLOTS

Type-A SuperSpeed USB 3.0 Port | 2. Killer Networks e2500 Gigabit Ethernet NIC | 3. Mini-Display Port 1.2 (certified) Output | 4. HDMI 2.0 Output | 5. Thunderbolt ™ 3 Port | 6. Alienware Graphics Amplifier Port | 7. Power / DC input socket | 8. Noble Lock port (cable and lock sold separately) | 9. Type-C SuperSpeed USB 3.0 Port | 10. SuperSpeed USB 3.0 Port with PowerShare Technology | 11. Headset 1/8 "Port (Microphone / Line-In can be reused for analog audio input) | 12. Audio-Output 1/8" Ports (compatible with built-in microphone). | Note: Epic silver box color is not currently available.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

alienware DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Height: 1.0 "(25.4 mm) | 2. Width: 15.3" (389 mm) | 3. Depth: 12.0 "(305 mm) | Average weight: 7.69 lb (3.49 kg)

Specifications

BrandDell
SeriesAlienware
Screen Size15.0"
Screen Resolution1920 x 1080
TouchscreenNo
Color ClassBlack
Operating SystemWindows 10
Generation8th Generation
Processor TypeIntel Core i7
Processor Modeli7-8750H
Processor Speed2.2 GHz
Processor Turbo4.1 GHz (Up to)
Processor Cache9 MB
RAM16GB
RAM TypeDDR4
HDD InterfaceSATA, SSD
Hard Disk Capacity1TB+8GB SSD
HDD RPMRPM n/a
GraphicsNvidia Graphics
Graphics DetailGTX1070 (Nvidia GeForce)
Video Memory8 GB
Optical DriveNo Optical Drive
USB Ports2 ports
Numeric PadYes
HDMIYes
WebcamYes
Backlit KeyboardYes
BluetoothYes
Wi-FiYes
Fingerprint ReaderYes
Warranty7 Day Replacement
ShippingSame Day From Lahore

ALSO READ

Dell 15 R4 (B569905WIN9)

Dell Alienware 15 Laptop

Alienware

Apple iPhone 11 review

Apple iPhone 11 review

In 2018, Apple introduced the iPhone XR as a "profitable" offer in the new iPhone series. We loved the XR, and even said it could be the best iPhone Apple has ever created. The continuation of the iPhone XR is the new iPhone 11, and Apple's decision to bless this model with the name "iPhone 11" - and not to call it the iPhone 11R - says a lot about where the company is located. phone

So can this phone carry the heavy burden of being recognized as the iPhone 11? In fact, it could be. Satisfactory speed increase, dual camera installation and long battery life combine to make the iPhone 11 better than the XR. Given its relatively low price tag, it's probably the best iPhone for most people right now.

Camera

The main feature of the iPhone 11 is its 12-megapixel dual camera installation. Apparently, Apple has deliberately decided to differentiate the camera with 2019 phones. The iPhone XR's single camera is almost inconspicuous, and the curved design of the iPhone XS's two cameras won't make you think twice about what it looks like. But the iPhone 11's dual camera catches your attention and shouts, "Smile! You're on camera."

Apple iPhone 11 review

The iPhone XR (left) has a single large camera. The iPhone 11 (right) has wide and ultra-wide cameras

The iPhone 11 has a wide camera like the iPhone XR, but the iPhone 11's second camera is an ultra-wide camera that offers 2x magnification and allows you to capture more of the environment you're shooting. These two cameras are also available on the iPhone 11 Pro, which adds a third telephoto camera to really enlarge.

Ultra wide, it's a great addition that gives you more flexibility when taking photos. Fortunately, Apple makes it easy to switch between wide and ultra wide. When composing a frame in the camera program, the 1x button appears below the picture frame, ie a wide camera is used. When you touch this button, the phone switches to an ultra-wide camera and the 1x button turns into a 0.5x button. Tap the button again to go back. You also get a preview of what a 0.5x ultra-wide shot will look like when you're in 1x camera view.

Apple iPhone 11 Images

In terms of real image quality, it creates beautiful images that look both wide and ultra wide. The colors are accurate and the cameras provide amazing detail and visual clarity. Of course, we said the same thing about previous iPhones, and this still applies to the iPhone 11. But the new Night Mode, exclusive to the iPhone 11 (and 11 Pro), is a complete rediscovery of Apple's low-light photography game. If you are really looking for just one reason to buy a new iPhone, here it is. Night mode captures images taken in dark environments and uses software to detect details that would otherwise be lost.

Details on how to use night mode and how it works can be found in a separate article: Practical with night mode. The low light upgrade was available on Android phones and finally on the iPhone, and it works really well. Our sister publication PCWorld even found that Apple's Night Mode is better than the Android version. Bottom line: a useful feature with excellent results

The only problem with the iPhone 11's rear camera is the lack of optical zoom. Like the iPhone XR, the iPhone 11 has only 5x digital magnification

In some cases, especially when you exceed the 2x digital magnification limit, you will get noticeable image noise, which causes an unpleasant photo. So, if you're like me and use a lot of scale, you need to reconsider how you use it on the iPhone 11.

Apple iPhone 11

The iPhone 11 doesn't have an optical zoom, but it does offer 5x digital zoom

Apple has finally upgraded the front-facing TrueDepth camera from a 7-megapixel camera that captures 1080p / 60 frames / s video to a 12-megapixel camera that captures video at 4K / 60 frames. The front camera can record slow motion video that did not exist before. So yes. Let's see if Apple can make "slofies"?

A fast phone is faster

At the heart of the iPhone 11 is the A13 Bionic processor, the successor to the A12 Bionic in the iPhone XR. A12 Bionic is an impressive chip, so what does A13 Bionic do to keep up?

Gains with CPU performance are modest. In Geekbench 5 tests, the iPhone 11's single-core CPU performance increased by 14 percent compared to the iPhone XR, and the multi-core CPU's performance increased by 18 percent.

In terms of emphasizing the graphics performance of the iPhone, the iPhone 11 showed more impressive results than the iPhone XR.

In 3DMark's Sling Shot test, the iPhone 11 was 29 percent faster in both the Sling Shot Extreme and Sling Shot Extreme Unlimited tests. In 3DMark's Ice Storm Unlimited test, the iPhone 11 was 20 percent faster.

The numbers show an increase in performance, but does the iPhone 11 feel faster than the iPhone XR? is a must

In everyday use, the iPhone 11 opens faster, apps open faster, and graphics performance in games is noticeably smoother. This is especially true when comparing performance with the iPhone XS, which uses the same processor as the iPhone XR.

The iPhone 11 has the same processor as the iPhone 11 Pro, and the overall comparison results for these phones were consistent. So basically, you can get the same performance as the Pros on the iPhone 11 for a few hundred pounds / dollar less. If performance is most important to you, this is a value proposition that is hard to ignore.

Slightly longer battery life

Apple says the iPhone 11's 3,046 mAh battery lasts up to an hour longer than the iPhone XR's 2,942 mAh battery, and you can get up to 17 hours of video playback, 10 hours of video streaming, and 65 hours of audio playback. In particular, Apple no longer offers an estimate for what it calls "Talk Time (Wireless)." It was 25 hours for the iPhone XR, and we can calculate that you can go up to 26 hours on the iPhone 11. According to an Apple spokesman, the extension of battery life was achieved thanks to a combination of a larger battery, software and hardware. optimizations

We used the Geekbench 4 Battery Life test to measure battery life and compare it to other iPhones. Our test results showed that the iPhone 11 and iPhone XR have a similar battery life. In fact, in our tests, the iPhone 11 lasted only a few seconds longer than the iPhone XR.

Our Geekbench 4 Battery Life test performs tasks that require a processor (by darkening the screen) until the battery runs out, so this does not represent use in the real world. However, this is an effective way to constantly test different phones

During daily use, I did not have to charge the iPhone 11 until the end of the day. I think I'm a more demanding user than most, because I play Pokémon Go at work and on dog walks. On my hardest day (playing PoGo at Golden Gate Park in San Francisco on Saturday, watching my son play football, and navigating using Apple Maps), I ended the day with a 24 percent battery. Not bad at all

The biggest drawback in terms of battery life is the incoming charger. Apple still has a weak, slow 5-watt charger with a low-end iPhone model. For £ 29 / $ 29, you can buy Apple's 18W USB-C Power Adapter - the same as the iPhone 11 Pro. Surprisingly, Apple did not include this charger in the base model. The iPhone 11 also supports wireless charging, but you'll need to purchase a separate Qi wireless charger.

Design: Do not interfere with employees

Apple hasn't changed much in terms of industrial design. The iPhone 11 is very similar to the iPhone XR with anodized aluminum edges, screen notch and glass back, available in black, green, purple, white, yellow and (Product) Red. This year, the application of color is different: Apple has decided to go with pastel shades, which are more subtle than the bright colors of the XR.

The frame of the iPhone 11 (right) is thicker than the frame of OLED phones such as the iPhone 11 Pro Max (left).

The iPhone 11 still has thicker black frames than OLED iPhones. And as long as this model continues to use LCD (a lower-cost part than the OLED in the Pro model), thicker frames will continue to prevent light leakage. Sorry, I did not consider the staff offensive. In fact, I didn't pay attention to them until they pointed at me.

The most noticeable design change between the iPhone 11 and the iPhone XR (along with the colors and the stroke of the camera) is the placement of the Apple logo, which is now centered, not next to the camera.

According to rumors, one of the new features of the iPhone 11 will be a two-way wireless charging, with the Apple logo centered to indicate where users should place their devices. However, when the new iPhones were released, they were not included in the list of dual charging functions.

iPhone 11.

On the iPhone 11, Apple moved the logo to the center of the phone. The company has also removed the iPhone label

A less noticeable change is the iPhone 11's improved water resistance, which now doubles the depth of the iPhone XR to 2 m in 30 minutes.

The design of the iPhone XR worked well, so Apple was wise to stay with it on the iPhone 11. Best of all, it doesn't feel like a cheaper version of the iPhone 11 Pro. It feels good and firm to the touch and is easy to use. The frames may bother you, but you have to be very careful to find flaws in them.

Liquid Retina HD display

Another important feature that does not change is the screen. Apple is again using a 6.1-inch LCD, and the iPhone 11 Pro has OLED

The iPhone 11 display (Apple calls it the "Liquid Retina HD display") is a Retina display with a resolution of 326 ppi, a contrast ratio of 1400 to 1 and a brightness of 625 nits. The iPhone 11 Pro's Super Retina XDR display is rated at 458 ppi, has a contrast ratio of 2,000,000 to 1, and offers a brightness of 800 nits.

If you put the iPhone 11 and 11 Pro side by side, if you look closely enough, you can see the differences. The iPhone 11 Pro's screen is brighter, the colors are a little more vibrant, the blacks are deeper, and the details look a little sharper.

Apple iPhone 11 review

The iPhone 11 uses the same beautiful-looking LCD as the iPhone XR

But no comparison iPhone 11's screen looks great on its own Color quality Brightness and sharpness are satisfactory Yes OLED sets a high bar and no LCD can match But LCD still looks great

Decision

Apple won with the iPhone XR, and while its search book doesn't need to be rewritten on mobile phones, it needs to do enough to be a worthy successor to the throne. The new iPhone 11 must fulfill this task. Mandatory changes to the camera that even one-year-old iPhone XR users will seriously consider improving.

In addition, the iPhone 11 starts at £729/$699 for the 64GB model, which is £20/$50 less than the starting price of the iPhone XR.

Apple has been widely criticized for its iPhone prices, so the company's discount for the most affordable iPhone is very pleasing. This makes the iPhone 11 even more attractive, especially when comparing its price to £1,049/$999 64 GB iPhone 11. Pro or £1,149/$1,099 64 GB iPhone 11 Pro Max. (Apple still sells the iPhone XR for £629/$599.)

If you have an iPhone 8 or older model and have postponed the upgrade, now is the time to click on the trigger (or wait for the iPhone 12 a few weeks before the announcement) to enjoy dual camera installation and faster battery life. To have more fun with your photos, you'll have to get used to the iPhone at night without switching from Home button and Touch ID to Face ID, but within a few days, gestures and Face ID quickly became a second character.

Read the iPhone purchase guide for more general advice

Oppo F21 Pro Will Have a Unique Selfie Camera

Oppo F21 Pro will have a unique selfie camera

The Oppo F21 series will be official next week and the teaser campaign has already started. After announcing the launch date on April 12, Oppo confirmed several camera features for the Oppo F21 Pro in a press release.

Oppo says the Oppo F21 Pro will be the first product in its price segment to feature Oppo's exclusive 32MP Sony IMX709 selfie camera sensor. This sensor can capture 60% more light than the latest generation IMX615 sensor. It also offers 35% better noise reduction, which makes it better for low-light scenes.

This sensor was first released in the Oppo Reno 7 series

Oppo F21 Pro

Also, the main camera and selfie camera will be equipped with advanced AI Portrait Enhancement function. This will allow cameras to better identify subjects of different ethnicities, genders and ages to offer individualized beauty modes.

There will also be a 2MP magnification camera with up to 15x / 30x magnification support

Oppo Enco Air 2 Pro

Oppo also took the opportunity to talk about the upcoming TWS headphones. The Enco Air2 Pro will go on sale on April 12, along with the F21 series, with Active Sound Suppression (ANC) and 12.4mm aperture drivers. In terms of design, these buds will look the same as the Enco Air 2 with a transparent balloon design.

Get ready to witness the launch of OPPO F21 Pro with the industry's First Fiberglass Leather Design

Get ready to witness the launch of OPPO F21 Pro with the industry’s First Fiberglass Leather Design

Global technology innovator OPPO is set to launch the most anticipated smartphone, the OPPO F21 Pro, on April 11, 2022. The new OPPO F21 Pro is about to introduce a number of "Pakistan's first" technologies that take the smartphone experience to new heights.

This new addition is made with the industry's first integrated fiberglass leather design and is combined with stunning sunset orange shades to renew the color philosophy. It attracts attention with its unique straight edge design and aesthetically pleasing appearance.

The magnificent design of the new OPPO F21 Pro is the result of its sustainable efforts to optimize and manage the company's CMF (color, material and veneer) technology.

To reflect the statement of young people approaching the , OPPO F series design language, daring large-sized camera structure, elegant straight edge design, live sunset orange color and admiral ship skin outfit

OPPO F21 Pro has added color to its palette this season as well, bringing them to technology in a surprisingly bold and vibrant way.

To celebrate the design concept of the OPPO F21 Pro, OPPO collaborated with talented young artists Noor-un-Nahar and Areeba Siddique, representatives of a new generation of art creators, to explore the seasonal color palette and combination of ideas.

The idea of the works was taken by Al Khidmat-Foundation from the wild dreams of talented children at Agosh Orphanage.

Based on the idea of Fusion is Fantastic, the children in Agosh learned to express themselves freely and create their own original works of art by combining colors, textures and styles.

In addition, the works of art created by artists and children from the orphanage were further developed in the creation of the "Fantastic Box".

OPPO has perfected the "Fantastic Box" to spread the word of harmony and love among people, encouraging the efforts of these young heroes who witnessed a heartwarming work of art.

In the spirit of Ramadan, OPPO hopes to pass on artistic freedom from generation to generation and share the happy moments with more people. The company believes in the strength of the next generation and wants the world to see how talented young people can be.

OPPO has always put forward ways for its users to communicate with each other in the language of love, art and kindness.

Based on the legacy of the classic OPPO F series, the company continues to research and innovate with new technologies and aesthetics. The presentation of OPPO F21 Pro will strengthen the company's commitment to art and technology

We estimate that the price of the OPPO F series will be between approximately 55,000 and 60,000 PKR.

Oppo F21 Pro Series Coming Soon With Unique Back Covers

Oppo F21 Pro Series Coming Soon With Unique Back Covers

Oppo announced the F19 series exactly a year ago. The company now plans to achieve this with the F21 Pro series next month.

Oppo announced the news on India's official Twitter account, claiming that the phone will go on sale on April 12. This will include the F21 Pro 4G and F21 Pro 5G. However, the company has not yet announced whether the series will be accompanied by a Pro + model.

Oppo F21 Pro

ALSO READ

This is about Oppo F21 Pro Fiberglass Leather

A press release from Oppo revealed that the F21 Pro 4G will come in Sunset Orange with a fiberglass leather design that "doubles as a frame less battery cover to make the phone thinner, lighter and more durable." The main material used for the smartphone is water-resistant, abrasion-resistant and soft-feeling lychee leather.

Oppo F21 Pro

The 5G version will be in the color Rainbow Spectrum. The Rainbow Spectrum 5G will use a three-layer texture with a rainbow-like "two-layer coating" production process. The second Space Black color will be common to both phones

ALSO READ

OPPO F21 Pro

OPPO F21 Pro pakistan

Specification Details

Oppo has not yet announced other specifications. However, the detected images of the F21 Pro 4G show a triple camera block with 64MP main camera, 2MP macro and 2MP depth sections. Incoming incoming notifications, calls, etc. of users. An orbital light can also be seen around one of the camera sensors that warns you. Selfie shooter will have a 32-megapixel lens

Oppo F21 Pro

The Pro 4G looks like a rebranded Reno7 4G powered by a Snapdragon 680 SoC. The phone will have a 6.43-inch FHD + AMOLED display and a refresh rate of 90 Hz. In terms of software, it will run ColorOS 12.1 based on Android 11, equipped with a 4500 mAh battery with a 33 W charge.

Oppo F21 Pro

This is about Oppo F21 Pro Fiberglass Leather

The design of the Oppo F21 Pro, which will go on sale on April 11, 2022, is a revolution compared to previous Oppo F Series phones. The camera module is elegant, but attracts attention with its industrial look and usually complements the minimalist back of the phone.

The flat-edged design and the pink-gold mid-frame give the phone a bright and minimalist look, while the flawless connection between the back cover and the middle frame makes the phone look like a one-piece design.

The back panel itself is the first fiberglass-leather design in the industry, giving the phone a high-quality look and feel, while providing the flavor you can hold in your hand.

Oppo F21 Pro

This new design philosophy has been made possible by years of research and refinement in various materials to distinguish Oppo smartphones from others. The first part of the development was the selection of the basic material for leather design. This process saw a team of engineers evaluate thousands of different textures and materials until they were finally placed on the lychee grain skin for a suitable thickness and texture suitable for natural leather.

The production of a one-piece leather back cover is a labor-intensive process. This requires a combination of fibrous fabric, resin and vegan skin layer through an extremely complex manufacturing process that requires a high amount of heat and pressure. This results in a unique one-piece leather back that you see in the Oppo F21 Pro.

This design has many advantages, as the phone is 0.2 mm thinner than the latest generation of vegan leather and provides more durability. In addition, lychee grain material is also water resistant.

To further test this, Oppo conducted a rigorous test in which the phone was rubbed 200,000 times with an alcohol-soaked pillow, a rubber eraser and a denim cloth, respectively. This is so that the phone can withstand the friction and splashing of everyday items such as jeans and other coarse clothing.

The Oppo F21 Pro is scheduled to go on sale on April 11, 2022

Apple iPhone 12 mini review

Apple iPhone 12 mini review

Our Decision

Little phone lovers rejoice! The Apple iPhone 12 mini is a pocket rocket that contains almost everything in a beautiful and compact box, from the usual flagship.

As if 2020 wasn't weird enough, Apple has released a "mini" version of the flagship, which Sony and Samsung stopped producing years ago. While most phones these days have a screen close to a 7-inch tablet, the 5.4-inch iPhone is becoming one of the most exciting phones of the 12th millennium.

Aside from the lack of small phone competition, the Apple iPhone 12 mini is the cheapest option in Apple's 2020 series. It looks great, has the highest pixel density of any iPhone in history, offers the same cameras as the main flagship, and still gets MagSafe - with a little warning.

Oh and look at this amazing blue color! The best small phone you can buy

Design

The design part of the iPhone look is usually quite boring. You don't really need to tell me what the new model looks like in general, because iPhones usually look the same.

The iPhone 12 series is a bit more the same, but not the same, and the Apple iPhone 12 mini is the device of choice in this area.

Apple used to make smaller phones - starting at 3.5 inches in the original release, but I mean the latest models like the SE - but so far the company hasn't labeled the phone as a "mini" as a seal for the smaller iPad mini.

Apple iPhone 12 mini

The 5.4-inch screen may not look "mini" compared to the classic 4.7-inch size of the original iPhone or even the latest iPhone SE, but it's older, including Apple's Home button and thick bezels on the front. It has a design. style. In fact, it is a larger phone, despite the smaller screen.

The Apple iPhone 12 mini is really compact compared to the 6.1-inch iPhone 12 and 6.7-inch Pro Max.

It's really one of the smallest phones you can get right now, leaving the Pixel 4a behind, and it's really the only truly compact phone out there. Those who want a phone that you can easily hold and use with one hand will love it.

The size also means it's light - just 133g - so like me, if you support the weight in this way while holding the weight, you don't normally have a tired pink finger.

In addition to making the phone incredibly small, Apple has revived the old design. In other words, the Apple iPhone 12 mini, like the other 12 models, is similar to the iPhone 5S and the first generation iPhone SE.

Apple iPhone 12 mini

In other words, it has very straight edges than the round gravel shape we have been accustomed to for many years. Apple did not say exactly why it returned to this style, but the Apple iPhone 12 mini looks great, as if the iPhone 5S was given makeup in 2020.

Apple offers an IP68 waterproof rating, and thankfully I didn't throw the iPhone mini 12, but there is a Ceramic Shield on the front that aims to protect the screen (four times better drop performance than Apple). If you are interested, the glass rear frame is aluminum.

Apple iPhone 12 mini is available in different colors including Black, White, (Product) Red, Green and Blue. Introduced a new purple color at the 2021 Spring Event, where the company also announced the new iMac M1, iPad Pro M1 and AirTags.

Apple iPhone 12 mini

MagSafe

In addition to the new colors, Apple has revived something else, including this absolutely stunning dark blue model that I tested: MagSafe. This was previously used for MacBook chargers, so the cable was connected to the laptop magnet instead of pushing the male connector to the female port.

Although the smart system can pull the cable and make life easier without the risk of accidental damage, Apple has finally done it.

Well, the iPhone 12 is back for the series, if not for the lower charging port that still has the Lightning. It is used for a number of different accessories, including wireless chargers and boxes.

Apple iPhone 12 mini,

I just tried a silicone box, it didn't really need a magnet, but my colleague David Price, editor of Macworld UK, says that the charger fits in place thanks to the magnets: “You don't have to worry. already. placing your phone in a partially incorrect position on the charger ”and“ you can continue to use your phone wisely while charging wirelessly.

You can be sure that MagSafe works in official litigation and possibly in most third-party cases, and you can combine applications such as a built-in wallet to see if it's a full-fledged business. Check out the best MagSafe accessories for iPhone 12

MagSafe on the Apple iPhone 12 mini has one drawback, then I'll touch on the battery life section.

Screen

Historically, mini versions of larger phones have been reduced several times compared to their older siblings. This is not Apple's business, so the iPhone mini continues to offer a Super Retina XDR display using 12 OLED technology.

The 5.4-inch, 2340x1080 image size shows that this phone has the highest pixel density ever seen on the iPhone - 476ppi, so there is nothing but clarity here. It has all the features: True Tone, HDR, Wide P3 color, Haptic Touch, etc.

If you're dealing with a wider market, the downside is the high refresh rate. Budget phones may even have 90Hz, but Apple is still committed to the classic 60Hz. Unfortunately, but it is not the end of the world

It's an amazing sight then, but it's an important dimension. When you consider that it is only 0.1 inches smaller than the iPhone 8 Plus, it depends on where you come from.

Apple iPhone 12 mini,.

Those who come from an old phone with a home button design will really notice a difference. Either the 8 Plus's favorite models are almost the same size on a smaller chassis, or larger if you're using a classic 4.7-inch iPhone.

You will have to get used to the lack of a Home button and therefore the transition to Face Identification and Gesture Control with the notch at the top of the screen. You will get used to everything faster than you think.

Anyone with a bigger phone - I've moved on from the iPhone X - will see it more closely, especially for things like typing on the keyboard. But you still get used to it and it's a nice phone to use with one hand.

Of course, if you don't have small hands, it's not ideal for things like watching videos or playing games in landscape orientation. However, I was able to play my favorite Alto's Odyssey without much difficulty, which was a bit awkward to keep compared to the iPhone X.

The fact is that to get 12 thousand, you need a small phone, and if so, the guy does it well. The iPhone 12 comes in 6.1 inches, so if you're thinking about which one to buy, there's a big difference.

Features and Performance

I don't want to bore you with a lot of features here, as the phone is not a particularly interesting area. However, it should be noted that key components such as the screen have not been discarded compared to the iPhone 12.

Apple iPhone 12 mini,.

It doesn't even have less RAM (4GB on Pro models goes up to 6GB), so the title is Apple A14 Bionic chip and 64, 128 and 256GB memory options. As always, choose wisely without the built-in microSD card slot

With Apple's own silicone and software, there is very little to say other than the silky smooth performance you'd expect from a flagship iPhone. I saw 12 mini-fights with almost nothing in two weeks of use. If you want to flatter a little, here are the benchmark points.

The bigger news here is that the Apple iPhone 12 mini supports 5G networks. Great news if you are already planning 5G or will be doing it on this phone.

Cameras

Apple didn't really pay attention to the mini, because the phone still has the same cameras as the usual 12 cameras. In short, this means normal and ultra wide dual 12Mp cameras. Pro models with telephoto lenses.

This is basically the same as the iPhone 11 nit. These days, it's normal to see smaller improvements in this department. Again, it has many nice features, including optical image stabilization (OIS), aperture up to f / 1.6, a new 7-element lens, Smart HDR 3 and Deep Fusion.

iPhone 12 mini

Personally, I'm not worried about the lack of telephoto here, and I prefer ultra-wide photos. Both cameras perform very well in a variety of situations, providing detailed, vivid and vivid images.

Combined with the above software features, the device turns the phone into an excellent point and multiplier device. Ultra-wide-angle lens correction reduces the distortion of the eye that is common in this type of lens.

The most effective is the Night Mode, which can capture an impressive amount of detail in complete darkness. You can use it on both cameras, but it's better to stick to the main sensor. Although you will have to hold the phone very still for a long exposure.

Some tiny niggles cover the way Portrait Mode is developed, but can sometimes still struggle. Thanks to Google's program, the Pixel series has better examples that come to mind. In addition, I found the Apple iPhone 12 mini a bit difficult when it came to focusing on the macro level, and it took several attempts to fix it.

So the overall quality is excellent (including video up to 4K @ 60fps), but the camera app still worries me a bit. Major modifications, etc. Although easy to switch between, there is no parameter menu to change the video resolution or even turn on the network. All this must be done from the main phone settings menu, and there is no shortcut to it from the application.

Apple iPhone 12 mini review,
Apple iPhone 12 mini
Apple iPhone 12 mini
12 mini
Apple iPhone 12 mini
Apple iPhone 12 mini

Cameras at this end of the market should be great, so it's no surprise that Apple owns them. You won't see much difference from the new iPhone, but it's even 12,000 better than my iPhone X.

Are you upgrading from iPhone 8 or earlier? Get ready to explode

Battery

The Apple iPhone 12 mini is smaller, which limits the amount of battery that Apple can fit inside. So it's not surprising that the company estimates the shortest battery life in 12 bands during 15 hours of video playback, or 10 years, if you broadcast the video in question.

However, according to Apple, you will get only two extra hours in the statistics before the iPhone 12.

During a real test, I saw that the Apple iPhone 12 mini can pass one day without much fuss. But that's not the case for games and Netflix, and so on. without dealing with it. As I said before, if you've always wanted to do something like this, this isn't really the phone for you.

As my colleague David Macworld said in his review, “We had a good subjective experience with the permanence of the mine. Not surprising, not terrible, just. ” and that's something I can totally accept

apple iphone 12 mini Battery

Managing a reasonable day of use depends on what you expect here. The result of five hours and 42 minutes in the Geekbench 4 battery test is not very impressive

It should be noted that Apple no longer provides a charger for the iPhone, so now you will receive only one cable. This is for a good environmental purpose, but the obvious stupid thing here is that the cable is USB-C, so not all old iPhone chargers or others floating around are compatible.

I mentioned earlier that the 12 mini has one downside to the MagSafe, and that is the 12W charging limit that others can handle 15W. That's not the biggest difference, and Apple still lags far behind Android in terms of fast charging.

With the official £ 39 MagSafe charger, you can get the Apple iPhone 12 mini from scratch to 35% in just 30 minutes. If you buy a 20 W power adapter for £ 19, you'll be charging up to 50% faster with the cable in the same 30 minutes.

I connected the USB-C cable to the 15W Pixel charger without the included part and was able to reach exactly 50% in 30 minutes.

Software

You probably don't need to talk much about iOS here, but version 14 brings some big changes worth noting.

In addition to being flawless and easy to use, Apple has added something I've always wanted on the iPhone: widgets. As someone who uses two phones, one Android and the other iPhone, the main reason I usually prefer Android is the widgets.

If this sounds familiar to you, these are small apps that run on the home screen, so you're not limited to simple icons. They take up a variable amount of space and provide information without opening the specified programs.

It's great, and there are countless things you can place around your home screen panels as you like. I especially like the "smart stacks" with a number of different pages that you can browse through, including weather, calendars, news, and music. Gone are the days when you had to open many different programs to get things done

Apple has also added an Application Library to view all your installed apps so you don't have to store them alone or in folders on the home screen. The Program Library is found by swiping left and automatically categorizes programs

Price

As you can imagine, the iPhone 12 is the cheapest in the 2020 series, starting at £ 12,699 / $ 729. Then everything goes up to £ 50 / $ 50 for 128 GB and another £ 100 / $ 100 for 256 GB. You can order directly from Apple and from places like Amazon, Carphone Warehouse, Currys PC World, John Lewis, Argos and Very.

This is a pretty good value in the iPhone world, and even compared to some Android phones, but if you consider the features you can get for half the price or less, this market has a better value.

The main competition is Google Pixel 5, OnePlus 8T and Samsung Galaxy S20.

However, there are very few small phones that come to mind, especially the Google Pixel 4a, and while budget isn't an obstacle, folding phones like the Motorola Razr 5G and Samsung Galaxy Z Flip are pretty compact.

If you're just looking at iPhones, the SE 2020 is another obvious choice for a smaller phone. It costs £ 399 and has a 4.7-inch screen

Take a look at our best iPhone guide and we have the best smartphone to see how it performs against Android competition.

12 mini.

Decision

There are very few things I don't like about the Apple iPhone 12 mini (by mistake). In the world of typically large smartphones that are hard to store and use, it's refreshing to see that Apple still offers something really compact for those who still want it.

For most people, the regular iPhone 12 is probably the best choice, but there will be many users who will be pleased with the small size of the mini.

While this saves you money by being the cheapest of the 12 product lines, there is virtually no discount as you get other features like the same display technology, processor, cameras and 5G support.

The small drawbacks are the lack of a charger in the box (currently there is only one cable) and the MagSafe wireless charger is a bit slower on this phone compared to others. Battery life is understandably shorter than other iPhone 12s, but charging is fast enough to charge you.

As always, there are cheaper Android alternatives - namely the Pixel 4a and Pixel 5 - but none are as compact and luxurious as the Apple iPhone 12 mini.

If the price is right, this is the best small phone you can buy

Apple iPhone 12 Review

Apple iPhone 12 Review

Our Decision

Combining an updated design, Super Retina XDR OLED display, camera upgrades and excellent performance, the iPhone 12 is the iPhone most people should buy.

The iPhone 12 is not only a completely new design reminiscent of the much-loved iPhone 4, but also a big breakthrough for the iPhone series, which offers improved durability, Apple's new ultra-detailed Super Retina XDR display, 5G connectivity and an improved camera. Makes it more difficult than ever to justify the additional cost of upgrades to Pro models

Simply put, the iPhone 12 is the only iPhone you'll need, and it's also available in new shades of purple.

Design And Build

The angular design is striking, and it's great to see the iPhone 4 return to the iPhone as a fan of industrial design. Again, getting is a different experience; Although the edges are slightly curved, they are sharper than curved smartphones, but the iPhone 12 on the side is safer than the curved alternative and is less likely to slip out of my hand when using it.

Apple iPhone 12

There are several improvements compared to the design of the iPhone 4. The most striking is the screen, which fits perfectly into the aluminum frame without any gaps and bumps, and this also applies to the back. It's also 11% thinner than last year's selection, with slightly thinner frames and a smaller overall ground trace without affecting screen size.

This siphon 6.1-inch screen is surrounded by what Apple calls the Ceramic Shield. The company, along with Corning, the company behind ultra-durable Gorilla Glass, offered a glass screen filled with nano-ceramic crystals to make it harder and less prone to breakage. This is a completely new production process typical of the iPhone 12 series, and Apple seems very confident in its capabilities.

In fact, Apple claims that the iPhone 12, complete with a Ceramic Shield and a new aluminum frame, offers a 4x improvement in drop performance compared to the iPhone 11. this is the name of the drop test, but it means less visits to the Apple Store to replace your cracked screen. It is not necessarily resistant to falling, and in any case will be fragmented by a significant impact.

iPhone 12

However, it is important to note that scratch protection is not included, although Ceramic Shield offers improvements in drop resistance. In fact, it is prone to scratches like its predecessor, and after a week of use, my review sample already has a fine scratch, so this is not the perfect replacement for the glass screen protector that many are hoping for.

It should be noted that although the front of the iPhone 12 has a Ceramic Shield, this does not apply to the rear window. This industrial design provides twice as little durability as last year's iPhone, but it's the same glass, so if you drop the iPhone, your screen may not break, but the back of the glass has a chance of breaking.

Still, if you're brave enough to use the iPhone 12 without the box, this should at least give you some comfort.

The IP68 rating has been improved with the iPhone 12, although it is technically no different from the iPhone 11. Apple claims that the newest iPhone can live up to 6 meters in water for 30 minutes before it starts leaking. components. This is a very convenient use, but it means that the iPhone will survive daily water damage.

Apple iPhone 12 Review.

With the Blue, Product Red, Green, Black and White options available on the standard iPhone 12, and after the Spring Loaded event in April 2021, there are many colors to choose from this time as well. a beautiful shade of purple

Wait, where did the charger go?

You can see that the packaging of the iPhone 12 is much thinner than before, and this is why Apple has decided to abandon the charger and EarPods this time. Referring to this during the announcement of the iPhone 12, Apple stressed that there are millions of chargers and EarPods in circulation and do not want to contribute to it, and it is still meaningful on paper.

The problem is that Apple also decided to ship the iPhone 12 with a Lightning to USB-C cable, replacing the USB-A cable shipped in previous years, and immediately restoring the millions of charging bricks cited in the ad.

Apple only shipped USB-C chargers with pretty new products like the iPhone 11 Pro, iPad Pro and iPad Air; Nearby USB-C plugs continue to contribute to the problem of filling the environment brick

So while the idea is commendable, its implementation is deeply flawed and can be frustrating for most new iPhone owners.

Display

One of the biggest improvements of the iPhone 11 is the display, which is immediately noticeable when you turn on the smartphone for the first time. In previous years, the standard iPhone came with a standard LCD display, while its Pro counterparts had a superior OLED display, and historically this was a big reason to pay extra for Pro models.

Apple iPhone 12.

But with Android smartphones boasting not only flagships but also OLED displays, this is a trend that Apple will not be able to sustain if it wants to remain competitive in the wider smartphone market. However, Apple has decided to distribute a completely new Super Retina XDR display in the entire iPhone 12 series, and this is definitely a beauty.

At the center of the Super Retina XDR display is a special OLED panel that provides an impressive 2,000,000: 1 ratio for blacks and a maximum brightness of 1,200 nits when viewing HDR content. The main feature of the OLED panel is the black color it shows; they are deep and dark, in stark contrast to the blacks that appear almost gray on LCDs, and this is even more noticeable when using iOS 14's Dark Mode.

It also supports HDR10 playback with Dolby Vision support, and while Dolby Vision content is currently limited, the iPhone 12's ability to record Dolby Vision HDR video should increase the amount of content available in the coming months.

Switching from LCD to OLED is not just a step, as the iPhone 12's 6.1-inch Super Retina XDR display offers twice the pixel capacity of the iPhone 11, which means a noticeable improvement in overall details. The text is clearer than ever, and it's a story similar to photos, videos, and graphics in high-end mobile games like Call of Duty Mobile. Note that the iPhone 11 has a resolution of 1792 x 828, and the iPhone 12 has a resolution of 2532 x 1170.

iPhone 12.

While the Super Retina XDR display is an excellent update in many ways, it still has a notch at the top of the screen. As of all iPhones that have activated Face ID up to this point, it's not thinner or narrower than previous generations, and you won't notice it during the days you use it.

There is also an elephant in the room; The Android competition, which is still limited to 60Hz, continues at full speed with 90Hz, 120Hz and even 144Hz displays. This isn't a big downside for iPhone users, as many haven't used the 120Hz ProMotion technology found in the iPad Pro series, but it will make it harder to attract an Android user with access to a high-speed update screen.

It's hard to let go of the oily smoothness of a screen with a high refresh rate after practice, but given the battery performance of the iPhone 12 (I'll explain this in more detail below), I'm not surprised that it doesn't break. . this year. But hey, next year is always there, isn't it?

Regardless of the speed of the update, the iPhone 12's Super XDR OLED display is phenomenal and may even be enough to motivate iPhone 11 owners to upgrade.

MagSafe for iPhone

Remember your favorite MagSafe technology from the MacBook line? Apple has revived the technology for the iPhone, this time offering a new way to use iPhone accessories using built-in magnets.

On the back of the iPhone 12, you'll find a circular magnet enclosing a wireless charging coil mounted under the glass, complemented by an NFC chip and smart enough technology to detect not only whether the accessory is magnetically connected, but also which accessory is connected. which depends on the accessory. it is the same. It's not a new concept - Motorola's Moto Mods are definitely ahead of their time and there are many third-party cases with magnetic accessories - but integration with the iPhone and iOS opens up a whole new world of choices.

Apple iPhone 12,

With Apple shipping the MagSafe charger, MagSafe wallet accessory and a bunch of MagSafe boxes, offering compatibility with accessories while protecting your iPhone, the offer is limited during the presentation, but it will expand in the coming months, such as third-party retail sales. et. put on your thinking hats

Although the MagSafe charger included for review is larger and housed in an aluminum frame, it is no different from the wireless charger included in the Apple Watch. It works the same way; The charger sits next to the Apple logo on the back of the smartphone and charges faster at 15 watts than standard Qi wireless charging.

The important thing is that once connected to the mains, the charger is securely in place and will not move unless it is pulled with a certain force. This eliminates the difficulty of finding the sweet spot when using standard wireless chargers, and you can be sure that it will not slip and will not cut off the charge even in the middle of the night.

However, this is not the same experience as a standard wireless charging pad where you will have to remove the charging disc from the back, and is this really different from unplugging the iPhone from a wired outlet? charger? Again, this is great technology, and the use of MagSafe will expand in new and exciting ways over the months.

Performance and battery life

At the heart of the iPhone 12, you'll find Apple's new A14 Bionic chipset, one of the first in the smartphone market to be built on a 5nm process to provide not only improved performance, but also increased energy efficiency. Last year's A13 Bionic was one of the strongest on the market, and I expect it to be the same for the A14 Bionic next year; The iPhone 12 can handle everything I throw at it. sweat

There's no stuttering or delay when browsing media-loaded apps like Twitter, games run flawlessly despite the iPhone 12's proposed resolution increase, and video exports are also fast. This is supported by our tests, the iPhone 12's GPU benchmark results are limited due to the iPhone 12's inclusion in the standard 60Hz display, but it outperforms most of Android's competition in CPU tests.

Apple iPhone 12 Review,

It's not just about speed; The A14 Bionic offers a massive 80% increase in Neuron Engine performance by switching from an 8-core design to a 16-core design to perform 11 trillion operations per second. It's not something you'll notice right away, but the increasing machine learning capabilities found in the A14 Bionic reinforce some of the camera improvements it offers - but more on that later.

When it comes to battery life for the iPhone series, Apple has come a long way in the last few years; In my experience, the iPhone 11 Pro Max can last more than a day with a single charge with average use. This isn't something you'll get from an iPhone 12 with a smaller battery than the 11 Pro Max, but it's similar to what you'll get from a standard iPhone 11. Interestingly, Apple actually offers a slightly worse battery - 17 hours of video playback compared to last year's 18 hours - but that's hardly noticeable in everyday use.

iPhone 12,

In general, the iPhone 12 can last a day without the need to add, but it will largely depend on what you are doing and connecting to battery-powered 5G networks. I'm comfortable writing, tweeting and calling, but more energy-intensive operations like FaceTime video and battery are running out pretty quickly.

While this is good for the iPhone, it's worth noting that it's not as big as its Android competitor, and it has proven itself by our criteria. The iPhone 12 was able to last 6 hours and 36 minutes during our battery test, leaving the Xiaomi Mi 10T Pro, which lasted more than 14 hours in the test, miles behind.

Without a charger in the box, the filling speed will depend very much on the strength of the filling brick you use. If possible, it's worth investing in Apple's USB-C charger, which offers the maximum possible 18W charging speed on the iPhone 12, but any USB-C charger should do the job.

5G is coming to the iPhone

Of course, I can't go without mentioning the iPhone 12, one of the most important features of this year's iteration, 5G. The iPhone 12 is the first Apple product to support 5G, and in the true Apple style, the company has done its best to integrate the improved connection into the iPhone's hardware and software.

One of the key areas Apple was willing to focus on was compliance; The iPhone 12 offered compatibility with the 5G range more than most of its competitors through custom-made 5G components; This meant that you should be able to access 5G in most countries of the world. country of purchase only. Even the lightning speed really has support for the new generation mmWave 5G connection, but it is limited to certain cities in the US …

The improvements offered by 5G cannot be underestimated, with a massive increase in download and upload speeds, improved latency, and less network density that could create a cycle of cloud games on the road. Busy signal areas such as football matches or concerts are so connected, but not yet available everywhere

Apple iPhone 12,.

In the UK, at least, 5G connectivity is limited to large cities and has yet to be implemented in rural areas where you will benefit the most from ultra-fast connectivity, but as 5G coverage expands, it's an excellent choice. the future. the next few years

5G connection not only takes up space in the smartphone due to more components, but also puts a price on battery life. Apple was well aware of this and added a new Smart Data mode to iOS 14 to fix the problem, allowing the smartphone to automatically switch between 4G and 5G connections as needed.

For example, if you're watching a movie on Netflix, you'll get all the effects of a 5G connection, but leave it to 4G when you're in your pocket to save battery life. This is a small feature, but overall it is one of the many automatic time-saving features that improve the iPhone experience.

Camera

You will be forgiven for assuming that the iPhone 12 has the same camera structure as the iPhone 11, because not much has changed on the surface. It still has a 12Mp wide main camera and a 12Mp ultra wide camera, but the former has an improved f / 1.6 aperture and a new 7-element lens to further enhance low-light photography.

Apple iPhone 12

This is true for most parts; Pictures taken using the main rear camera are bright, detailed and vivid, with excellent color reproduction and a noticeable improvement in performance in low light compared to the iPhone 11. Features supported by various software are offered

At 120 degrees, the device may not have changed from last year, but this does not mean that there are no improvements in the offer. The most notable is the automatic objective correction, which aims to reduce the distortion of the fish's eye on the edges of images taken in ultra-wide frames and give the frames a more natural look.

apple 12

More importantly, images taken in wide and ultra-wide ideal conditions are not so different, only the ultra-wide main lens can capture 4 times more scenes. The colors often match, which means that it is not immediately clear which lens is used, and this is not the case with many alternatives. In low light conditions, it is slightly muddy due to the relatively low f / 2.4 aperture.

One of the most interesting features of the iPhone 11 was Night Mode, and Apple has strengthened its capabilities on the iPhone 12. Thanks to the improved main lens, I not only see improvements in the overall quality and amount of light captured, but now I have the opportunity to use ultra-wide and forward-facing selfie cameras.

The results from the main sensor are sometimes surprising, capturing more than you can see with your own eyes, taking a photo of the garden at night and showing it as if it was taken at dusk. You need to choose the right frame and keep your phone still for 15 seconds for the best quality, but really impressive night shots are possible on the iPhone 12.

iPhone 12

This is definitely the best on the main sensor. Images often lack the detail and clarity of images taken with the main snapper, although you can use Night Mode on Ultrawide, which makes a noticeable difference in the amount of light taken compared to standard shooting. This is one of the most important areas where lens performance differs.

For best results, I recommend investing in a cheap smartphone tripod, because if you choose a tripod, you also have the option to shoot a Night Mode Timelapse video, another new feature of the iPhone 12.

Aside from night mode, the iPhone 12 features Apple's new Smart HDR 3 technology, which uses A14 Bionic's machine learning features to detect and understand scenes and adjust shooting accordingly. This can be in the form of highlighting the object in the foreground in a backlit frame, or drawing details in landscape photography, both in the sky and on land. The end result is detail in shots taken in both bright and dark places, often in difficult lighting conditions.

Deep Fusion is another reason why pictures taken on the iPhone look so detailed. Introduced on the iPhone 11 Pro last year, Deep Fusion uses machine learning to adjust the lighting without losing detail and sharpen the image on a pixel-by-pixel basis, and it works effectively and makes the images truly stunning.

If you're fast enough with the camera preview, you can see the beginning and the end of the iPhone as it works, which helps show how different the software is.

The front-facing 12Mp snapper remains different from the iPhone 11, complemented by the same f / 2.2 aperture and the ability to digitally switch between single lens and wide and ultra wide modes, but the added Night Mode support brings a little more light to selfies dark environments

Apple iPhone 12 Review

Undoubtedly, the best feature of the front camera is Portrait mode, because despite no changes in the device, the iPhone 12 better distinguishes the background from the subject, and there are significantly less blurred spots around the subject of the image - even difficult hair. contours

Also, the iPhone 12 series has improvements in video presentation with standard 4K @ 60fps and 240fps @ 1080p slow motion recording capabilities, as well as the ability to shoot on the road with 10-bit Dolby Vision HDR.

Especially when the Super XDR display is combined with Dolby Vision support, it provides a noticeable improvement in videos taken on the iPhone, but that's not a reason for the average consumer to buy it. The difference is not so surprising, and more importantly, you are limited to 30 frames / s on a standard iPhone 12 - you will have to go to the iPhone 12 Pro for smooth 60 frames / s HDR recording.

In general, the iPhone 12 camera system can be improved more than the redesign, but I think there are a lot of improvements here - especially in low light conditions - fans will enjoy it.

Evaluation and availability

The iPhone 12 will be available for purchase after it goes on sale on October 23, 2020. You can get it directly from Apple, along with big retailers like Amazon in the UK and John Lewis in the UK and Amazon in the US, but those looking will have to wait a little longer for the smaller iPhone 12 mini. Pre-orders can be made until November 6.

The iPhone 12 will give you back £ 799 / $ 799, an increase of £ 70 / $ 100 over the iPhone 11 line. Most likely, this is due in part to the high-priced 5G connection, but more than the fact that the iPhone 12 Mini mentioned above has the original price of £ 699 / $ 699 for the iPhone 11. It has 64 GB of memory and you will have to pay more for 128 or 126 GB of memory

Take a look at our best iPhone guide to see how the iPhone 12 compares to the rest of the iPhone series, and we have the best smartphone to see how it performs against Android competition.

iPhone 12,

Decision

The iPhone 12 represents a leap forward for the iPhone, not only in terms of design, but also in terms of functionality. It can take a while to get used to the phone's industrial angle design, but it has its appeal and is safer than the sharper alternatives. The combination of glass and aluminum is spectacular, and the variety of vibrant color choices means there is something for everyone.

It is also the first standard iPhone to have the same screen as its Pro counterparts, as the iPhone 12 has the same Super Retina XDR screen as the iPhone 12 Pro models. The transition from last year's iPhone's LCD technology to ultra-superior OLED technology, which has brighter colors and deeper blacks than its predecessor, is a significant improvement, but lacks the high refresh rate of many Android competitors.

The 5G connection is also a big plus for the iPhone 12, and finally, it allows iPhone fans to switch to the 5G that Android fans have been enjoying for a while where 5G is. MagSafe, in my opinion, is exciting, offering a new way for accessories to connect and connect to the iPhone, even if charging MagSafe is as easy as connecting it to a network.

Then there are various camera improvements, including a new 7-element lens and an improved f / 1.6 aperture of the main sensor on the back, resulting in improved performance in low light and generally more detailed images. You have the option to use Night Mode on any iPhone 12 camera, not just the main rear camera, and Dolby Vision HDR video recording is also available, albeit at 30 frames per second.

There's a lot to love about the iPhone 12, and it's hard to justify the £ 200 / $ 200 price increase because it has so many similarities to the iPhone 12 Pro. The iPhone 12 is currently the iPhone for most people

Oppo F21 Pro Series Coming Soon With Unique Back Covers

Oppo F21 Pro Presents Official Image Design

Oppo is expected to unveil the F21 Pro on April 12 and has now announced the official design of the phone.

The company announced that the phone will be available in Sunset Orange and Cosmic Black. The first has a Fiberglass-Leather design, which is "double as a frameless battery cover to make the phone thin, light and durable." The main material of the smartphone is waterproof, abrasion-resistant and luxurious lychee grain leather.

The company has fine-tuned artificial leather by increasing its temperature resistance, making it waterproof and providing heavy abrasion resistance.

Oppo F21 Pro,..

ALSO READ

Oppo silently introduces the Snapdragon 680 Powered Reno 7 4G

The leather-like material has been subjected to severe stress tests using alcohol, rubber erasers and denim scraps to ensure reliability and durability.

Space Black uses the company's Glow design with bright elements.

Oppo F21 Pro

Specification Details

Oppo announced that the Sunset Orange is only 7.54 mm and the Cosmic Black is 7.49 mm. Both have a 2.5D glass screen and weigh 175 grams.

ALSO READ

The design process of the Oppo F21 Pro is described in detail before the presentation

Rumor has it that the F21 Pro 4G is similar to the Reno7 4G equipped with a Snapdragon 680 SoC. The phone will have a 6.43-inch FHD + AMOLED display and a refresh rate of 90 Hz. In terms of software, it will run ColorOS 12.1 based on Android 11, equipped with a 4500 mAh battery with 33 W charging.

The phone will be equipped with a triple camera with 64-megapixel main camera, 2-megapixel macro and 2-megapixel depth camera. Incoming notifications, calls, etc. of users. An orbital light can also be seen around one of the camera sensors that warns you. Selfie shooter will have a 32-megapixel lens

The F21 Pro 4G will retail at $ 290 and the F21 Pro 5G at $342.

Oppo F21 Pro

Oppo silently introduces the Snapdragon 680 Powered Reno 7 4G

Oppo Reno7 introduced 4G at a low price in the company's online store. The model will be the first model to come with a 4G connection, as it is known that all Reno7 models support 5G connection. The Reno7 4G is thought to be similar to the Reno7 Z 5G running the Snapdragon 695.

Design and Screen

The Reno7 4G has a FHD + resolution with a 6.43-inch AMOLED display and a touch selection frequency of 180 Hz and a refresh rate of 90 Hz for 2 fingers. The phone comes with Gorilla Glass 5 protection and is HDR compliant.

F21 Pro
F21 Pro

The device is only 7.5 mm thick, measures 159.9 x 73.2 x 7.49 mm, has a fiberglass body, weighs 175 grams and has a basic IPX4 jump protection.

The Reno 7 4G is available in Sunset Orange colors with classic Space Black and Leather backs

ALSO READ

The design process of the Oppo F21 Pro is described in detail before the presentation

Internals and Storage

The Reno 7 is equipped with a Snapdragon 680 combined with 4G, 8 GB of RAM, 5 GB of virtual RAM and 256 GB of internal memory.

The phone is based on Android 12 and works with ColorOS 12.1, has a 3.5 mm headphone jack on the bottom and two SIM cards, but no microSD card slot.

Camera

The back of the device has a 64MP f / 1.7 (79 °) main camera lens with autofocus, 2MP macro and 2MP depth sensor. With LED ring light placed around one of the camera modules

On the front, a slit with a hole in the upper left corner has a 32MP Sony IMX709 selfie camera with an RGBW filter like most Reno7 phones and the Find X5 Pro. However, video recording is limited to 1080p @ 30 frames

F21 Pro

ALSO READ

OPPO F21 F21 Pro F21 Pro Plus

Battery and Price

The smartphone has a 4500mAh battery with 33W SuperVOOC support that charges up to 39% in 15 minutes. But for a 100-minute video, only a 5-minute charge is enough.

The phone will go on sale on April 1 for $ 365. If pre-ordered, the phone comes with a free Bluetooth speaker and a discount on the Oppo Watch.

OPPO Reno7 Specifications

Key Specs

RAM8 GB
ProcessorMediaTek Dimensity 900 MT6877
Rear Camera64 MP + 8 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera32 MP
Battery4500 mAh
Display6.43 inches

General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v11
Custom UIColorOS

Performance

ChipsetMediaTek Dimensity 900 MT6877
CPUOcta core (2.4 GHz, Dual core, Cortex A78 + 2 GHz, Hexa Core, Cortex A55)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication6 nm
GraphicsMali-G68 MC4
RAM8 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR4X

Display

Display TypeAMOLED
Screen Size6.43 inches (16.33 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2400 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density409 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)84.91 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass v5,
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness600 nits
HDR 10 / HDR+ supportYes, HDR 10+
Refresh Rate90 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)90.8 %

Design

Height160.6 mm Compare Size
Width73.2 mm
Thickness7.8 mm
Weight173 grams
ColoursStartrails Blue, Stary Black

Camera

Main Camera
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution64 MP f/1.7, Wide Angle (80° field-of-view), Primary Camera(25 mm focal length, 2" sensor size, 0.7µm pixel size)8 MP f/2.25, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera(16 mm focal length, 4.0" sensor size, 1.12µm pixel size)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(5.0" sensor size, 1.75µm pixel size)
AutofocusYes, Contrast Detection autofocus, Phase Detection autofocus
OISNo
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution9000 x 7000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera Features20 x Digital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Video Recording3840x2160 @ 30 fps
1920x1080 @ 60 fps
1280x720 @ 240 fps
Video Recording FeaturesDual Video Recording
Front Camera
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution32 MP f/2.4, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(23 mm focal length, 2.74" sensor size, 0.8µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
AutofocusNo
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

Battery

Capacity4500 mAh
TypeLi-Polymer
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Super VOOC, 65W: 100 % in 31 minutes
USB Type-CYes

Storage

Internal Memory256 GB
Expandable MemoryYes, Up to 1 TB
Storage TypeUFS 2.2
USB OTGYes

Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SAR ValueHead: 1.023 W/kg, Body: 0.814 W/kg
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n/n 5GHz, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCYes
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

Multimedia

FM RadioNo
LoudspeakerYes
Audio Jack3.5 mm

Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope
Apple iPhone 13 Mini

Apple iPhone 13 Mini review

Our Decision

This isn't a big update on the iPhone 12 Mini, but if you want a smaller, lighter phone and the price and battery life aren't an obstacle, the Apple iPhone 13 Mini is an excellent choice.

If the numbers are correct and the iPhone 12 Mini accounted for only 6% of sales during the iPhone 12's peak sales, it's safe to say that there isn't much demand for a smaller phone anymore.

Release Apple iPhone 4, which was released in June 2010, and its 3.5-inch screen looked completely normal and usable. Now, more than a decade later, we are used to phones with a screen of about 7 inches. It's not twice as big: the screen found on the iPhone 4 is four times larger than its real estate

Of course, the screen-to-body ratio has increased dramatically, so the iPhone 13 Mini can accommodate a 5.4-inch screen that is easy to operate.

It also fits easily in your pocket and is lighter than most modern phones, making it difficult to feel when you carry or hold it.

This makes it really great for minorities with special needs: those who want a mobile phone that is light, powerful, has excellent cameras, and is happy to spend a lot of money. Not to mention what was developed by Apple

If this describes you, you probably think that you now prefer 13 Mini or 12 Mini, which is cheaper than a year ago. 12 For those interested in whether to upgrade from the Mini: no. There is not enough difference to ensure this.

Apple iPhone 13 Mini review

Design And Build

Straight edge design Smaller notch The most obvious difference between the two mini phones is the color choice. Apple deleted the Purple and Green options and added Pink. There are Brighter Blue, More Blue Midnight, White Starlight color group and Darker Product (Red). You can buy one in the new "green" color from March 18, 2022.

It's easy to laugh at Apple's decision to move its rear cameras diagonally, as if it were to differentiate the 2021 phone from the 2020 phone, but if you're thinking of appearing with the latest device, this is the distinguishing feature.

Elsewhere, the square-edged design, similar to the iPhone 4 in the iPhone 12 series (again), works as usual. If you've been an iPhone user for a long time, a small change is that the SIM card case is on the left side, not under the power button.

Apple iPhone 13 Mini Review

It doesn't make much of a difference, but the notch on the iPhone 13 Mini is a bit narrower, and the phone is a few grams heavier and slightly thicker than the 12 Mini.

If you're used to a bigger, heavier phone, the iPhone 13 Mini will amaze you with its weightlessness and usefulness, despite its small size.

I was amazed at how quickly I adapted to watching videos and playing games - after a day or two, this 5.4-inch screen felt normal. The only downside was typing on a small keyboard. You need to learn to be a little more sensitive to stabbing the screen, especially if you don't have little fingers. Apple's app does a great job of finding where you want to click, but it doesn't work very well on the iPhone 13 Mini, where instead of deleting the characters, they write "o" "i" and "m".

Like the iPhone 12 Mini, it has IP68 water resistance, stereo speakers, Face ID, Lightning port and 5G support.

Apple iPhone 13 Mini Screen

iPhone 13 Mini

4 inches 2340x1080, 476 ppi Higher 800 nits brightness Unlike in the past, when Apple's smallest phone was cheaper and had lower features, the iPhone 13 Mini feels like a Mini flagship

Its OLED screen is sharp and vibrant, with the same wide viewing angles and the ability to display HDR images like its larger sister.

However, there is a corner cut: limited to 60Hz as usual 13. Pro and Pro Max do not take advantage of the refresh rate of up to 120Hz, which Apple calls ProMotion.

This is a relatively subtle difference, but it helps to make websites and social media news smoother. It is also cheaper than the 13 Mini, 13 Pro and Pro Max

Features and performance

Apple A15 Bionic processor 128 GB base memory Last year, for £ 699/699, you bought only 64 GB of memory, which is very limiting for most users. So the good news is that the iPhone 13 Mini comes with a minimum of 128 GB, but you can go for 256 or 512 GB - all the capacity is doubled compared to the 12 Mini.

As always, there is a faster processor. In everyday use, you probably won't notice the difference, because even the A14 is still a very fast chip.

The iPhone 13 Mini, of course, never hesitated so much during my time with him. In iOS 15, navigation is hassle-free, apps run and run smoothly, and you can play as many games as you want. There is performance to spare

Apple iPhone 13 mini vs iPhone 12 CPU comparison

To be precise, the iPhone 13 Mini Geekbench is 13% faster than the 12 Mini in the multi-core CPU test. But in fact there is not much context

With 4622 points, Google Pixel 6 (2897) is miles ahead of Samsung Galaxy S21 (3263) and OnePlus 9 (3492).

Yes, these are just synthetic indicators, but still a useful indicator of relative performance.

Similarly, the iPhone 13 Mini GFXBench showed good results in game tests. Note that the display is limited to 60Hz, so 60-s is the maximum achievable frame rate when performing screen tests, as we did.

It's disappointing that Apple hasn't upgraded its Wi-Fi to the latest 6E standard, but it's light: the Apple iPhone 13 Mini has Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5, NFC and 5G

Cameras

13 Mini

Kinematic video mode Large and ultra wide cameras No macro change is minimal compared to the iPhone 12 Mini. There is a pair of 12Mp rear cameras: one basic "wide" and one ultra wide. Unlike the Pro and Pro Max, there is no zoom lens, but if you only have two cameras, everything you want is wide and ultra wide.

Apple says it uses a larger sensor that allows 47% more light for a wider camera, and the new ultra-wide camera shows more detail in darker areas of photos thanks to a "faster" sensor.

One reason for the cross-editing was to adapt the larger sensor sliding stabilization mechanism used for the main camera. It was exclusive to the iPhone 12 Pro Max last year, but this year it is even available on the iPhone 13 Mini. This means that the sensor moves to compensate for vibrating hands (or any movement), not OIS, where the lens is moving. Unlike the Pro and Pro Max, which also get OIS, there is no 13 Mini, so it's disappointing that Apple insists on calling it "Sensor-shift optical image stabilization."

Apple iPhone 13 Mini.

Jargon aside, these are great cameras, and the fact that they're the same as the Apple iPhone 13 Mini means you won't compromise by choosing a smaller phone.

The device is not the whole story, and if you combine it with the software, you can get excellent results.

Apple iPhone 13 mini Photos

Photos are great in good light, and portraits often add a nice blurred background that looks real. Strange hairstyles can go unnoticed and look blurry, but the overall effect is beautiful and works on the front camera as well.

In previous years, iPhone cameras were almost useless in the dark compared to the best Android phones, but Apple has managed to do so and can now compete in low light. There is no special Night mode. Instead, the Apple iPhone 13 Mini automatically selects a long shutdown speed and asks you to keep the phone still during the countdown.

He can take beautiful photos, but there are limitations: Leaves or other moving objects blowing in the wind will be blurred, as you can see in the foreground of Cutty Sark's photo.

The results generally look quite sharp, but do not magnify, because you will see the effect of "oil paint": there are no subtle details. It also tends to exaggerate shades, so night photos are not the most natural looking.

HDR is a bit improved and works well, but the big news is the new Cinematic Video mode, and it's great to see it on the Mini, not just the Pro and Pro Max. This is essentially a portrait mode for video, allowing you to have a film-like blurred background in your videos.

iPhone 13 Mini

It automatically detects faces (and other objects) and keeps them in focus, but even better, the depth effect is not destructive. This means that you can then choose where to focus when editing clips (in the Photos program); This is the perfect feature for anyone who likes or needs to shoot videos. It can also record video in Dolby Vision HDR

The Kinematic mode is limited to 1080p at 30 frames per second: it doesn't work in 4K, we can't choose to record 24 frames per second in cinematography.

It should be noted that there is no macro regime, but most people will not be interested in it.

Battery life and charging

Supports 20W fast charging 15W MagSafe wireless charging 7.5W Qi wireless charging Apple knew that battery life is a weak point of the iPhone 12 Mini, and therefore talked about its improvements for the Apple iPhone 13 Mini. The A15 (like all new chips) offers better energy efficiency, but has a larger capacity battery: 2406 mAh in the 12 Mini and 2227 mAh

Apple iPhone 13 Mini review,

Allegedly, this adds two hours of additional video (three for video streaming) and an additional five hours of audio playback.

Apple iPhone 13 mini Charging

In lab tests, we found that on days of moderate use, it would run out between 15% and 25%. But I found it hard to sleep on the days when I was more involved with games, videos, and video editing.

Unfortunately, if you want a compact iPhone, this is a sacrifice you have to make. If you use a 20-watt charger, as Apple says, it will charge up to 50% in half an hour, and there is also support for 15-watt MagSafe charging and 7.5-watt Qi wireless charging.

Note that you do not remove the charger from the box, and the USB-C to Lightning cable may not be compatible with any of your current chargers with USB-A ports.

In our usual Geekbench 4 battery test - the screen was set to 120 nits - the Apple iPhone 13 Mini lasted six hours and 41 minutes, almost an hour longer than its predecessor.

Apple iPhone 13 Mini

In the UK, as mentioned, the iPhone 13 Mini is slightly cheaper than the 12 Mini, but in the US, prices remain the same.

The 128 GB model is priced at £ 679/699 from Apple, the 256 GB model is priced at £ 779 / £ 799 and the 512 GB model is priced at £ 979 / $ 999, which is hard to imagine for anyone who wants to pay that price.

Of course, there are other ways to buy it: you can trade the existing model and get a discount of 80-610 pounds ($ 110-790). These figures serve to strengthen the way British buyers pay more for their iPhones in proportion to US buyers.

Discounts are always available on iPhones, so take a look at the best places to buy an iPhone 13 Mini

And keep in mind that the iPhone 12 Mini is now cheaper, the 64GB version is £ 579 / $ 599 from Apple, and the 128GB version is £ 629/649. Take a look at our list of the best iPhones to see how they compare, or our selection of the best smaller phones to see several Android variants of similar size.

Decision

In many ways, the iPhone 13 Mini is still Apple's best small phone. It's hard not to think that it has the latest processor, improved cameras (and the new Cinematic fashion), more memory as a standard, and a slightly larger battery.

The only thing that keeps it at a similar price (or lower) is the shorter battery life than other phones and the price itself: it's not a budget iPhone.

If above points doesn`t matters and budget is not an issue, you'll be really pleased with the Apple iPhone 13 Mini.

It's worth going to the Apple store or phone retailer, but still if you think a keyboard like mine is too small for convenience.

Oppo F21 Pro

The design process of the Oppo F21 Pro is described in detail before the presentation

OPPO F21 Pro Series India Release Date 12 April 05:00 IST OPPO F21 Pro will come with a triple camera and the industry's first fiberglass leather back panel. The OPPO F21 Pro series will go on sale on Amazon.

OPPO's F-Series has become one of the best-selling for the company in India, mainly through the offline market. After OPPO F19, the company is preparing to introduce the OPPO F21 Pro series in the country. OPPO has set April 12 as the launch date for the OPPO F21 Pro series and also provided information on the phone's design. Like most phones today, the OPPO F21 Pro has a boxed design with straight edges. The teaser image shows the phone in orange and claims to be the first Fiberglass leather back panel in the industry. This, it seems, should make the phone thinner and lighter, but more durable.

OPPO F21 Pro design

OPPO says its engineers took two years to clean the lychee-grained skin because it felt "delicate" for the base material. The leather material is waterproof and abrasion resistant. As can be seen, the company has conducted numerous tests, such as rubbing the material with an alcohol-soaked pillow, eraser and sex sample 5,000, 10,000 and 200,000 times, respectively. This was done to test how well it could retain its quality and color.

In addition to the orange color, the OPPO F21 Pro will also be Space Black using OPPO glow technology. It looks bright with a matte feel in the hands of the back panel. It will also be available in Rainbow Spectrum color, which uses a "three-layer texture and two-layer coating" production process.

OPPO F21 Pro specifications

OPPO F21 Pro

The teaser description confirms that the OPPO F21 Pro will have a triple camera on the back, two large cross-sections and a regular camera. Along with the LED flashlight, there is 64MP text engraved on the camera module. The right spine has a power button that can be doubled like a fingerprint sensor.

ALSO READ

OPPO F21 F21 Pro F21 Pro Plus

Another alleged poster image reveals some key features of the phone, such as the 32MP Sony IMX709 selfie snapper on the front. This is the same sensor used in the OPPO Reno 7 Pro. It is also said to be equipped with a Microlens camera, which is a first in its segment and will charge a 4500mAh battery with 33W SuperVOOC fast charging support. That's almost everything about the OPPO F21 Pro, but we need to see more teasers before we get started. The phone will go on sale on Amazon once it goes on sale.

In February, the alleged live image of the OPPO F21 Pro + appeared on the Internet. Triple camera, LED flash on the back. You can see the phone in the Black color option. The lower edge has a USB Type-C port, microphones and a speaker grille. The design was somewhat similar to the OPPO A96 5G sold in China.

iPhone 13 review

iPhone 13 review

Our Decision

The 60 Hz display is really the only thing that keeps the iPhone 13 from being the most competitive phone on the market. He perfects his predecessor and skillfully overtakes his rivals

Apple iPhone 13 full review

With four iPhone models in 2020, most people have decided between the iPhone 12 and the 12 Pro. Are overdue iPhone upgrades facing the same problem with this year's increasing upgrades, or is the standard iPhone 13 the smartest choice of the band?

Apparently, there are very few changes compared to last year's iPhone - a new color palette to choose from (including the new "green", which will be available from March 18, 2022), rear cameras are now placed diagonally, and a new show - a new running view is available. has a silicone part - but in addition, 13 almost resembles a carbon copy of its predecessor

As always with the iPhone formula, this year's review is an exercise to see if Apple's new standard model feels like a valuable upgrade and at the same time gather enough new features to create a truly competitive price / performance balance. wider smartphone market

Design And Build

Beautiful design Excellent color choices (including the new green color) High level of water resistance Last year, iPhone fans felt nostalgic when Apple switched from the round geometry of the 11th series to the sheet-edged view, which was first seen in 2010. iPhone 4, but with all the precision you expect from the annual iPhone fitness program for the next decade.

iPhone 13

Visually, this aesthetic stance is really appreciated, although the changes made to the vanilla iPhone from last year to this year may sound less dramatic and bizarre. While the design language of the iPhone 11 doesn't scream for overhaul and is more comfortable to hold, the strong lines and straight edges used by the iPhone 12 and 13 help set the iPhone apart from many of its round rivals. Android side of the fence; Not to mention the practical benefits of a perfect grip - even at the expense of some elegance.

The Pro series is available in finer material finishes, such as a mirror-polished stainless steel frame, while the standard 13 and 13 Mini are available in a wider range of colors. White, black, green and red additions have appeared in the last two generations of the iPhone, but last year Apple also introduced a warm blue color for this year's collection.

iPhone 13

Then there's line 13's signature color (pictured) - a new pale pastel pink that most closely resembles what Pantone describes as "Pure Pink" (after a quick online search). Sitting in a darker pink aluminum frame, this finish has a surprisingly low elegance that not all color groups benefit from. I think this year may be the color of choice for the entire iPhone 13/13 Pro series.

The  official Silicone Bag also offers a nice sharp contrast with MagSafe in the Pink Pomelo presented by Apple in our review; If you want to shake the finish a little more delicately, protecting the frame, which sometimes has hard edges, from scratches and scuffs, otherwise it will no doubt be in everyday use.

At 174g, the 13 is slightly heavier than its predecessor, but still weighs much less than the 200g, which most phones are starting to notice. This new camera module also adds a thicker touch - it's worth being aware of for those who are worried about the characteristic sway of placing a phone with such a protruding camera on a flat surface.

iPhone 13.

The signature physical alert slider is always a nice addition, with haptic sound on both sides and next to the sleep / wake / Siri / Apple Pay buttons. Apple still refuses (and can't) switch to USB-C from Lighting, but even though your Mac and iPad use a more universally accepted port today, sticking to Lightning means it's an existing port. the accessory ecosystem will not win. Disable immediately on the 13th

For those prone to accidents, the water resistance of the phone should also be taken into account, which significantly exceeds the interpretation of the IP68 certificate industry standard; Tested to withstand up to 30 minutes of immersion in up to six meters of fresh water (for comparison, the Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra is only IP68 certified up to 1.5 meters, and most other competitors have only been tested in 1 meter of water).

Screen and sound

Spectacular colors and contrast leave its 60Hz competitors behind. At first glance, the small notch adds nothing. At first glance, the 13 model looks like a 6.1-inch 19.5: 9 Super Retina XDR AMOLED panel used in the iPhone 12. According to Apple, it offers beautiful vibrancy and excellent viewing angles, along with improved brightness of up to 800 nits in bright sunlight (12 peaks at 625 nits under the same conditions) and HDR content up to 1200 nits.

iPhone 13

At the same time, sharp-eyed iPhone users can also see a significant physical difference in the notch. Although Apple has not yet completely eliminated it, it has reduced its footprint by about 20%. As before, there is a front camera and TrueDepth system (used for Face ID and Memoji), but the headset is slid upwards, towards the edge of the frame, without affecting the sound quality.

While it may seem like a smaller notch advance, iOS doesn't use the extra pixels left on both sides with the same icons and indicators as always. If anything, this is an improvement this year that feels like a box-checking exercise that is perhaps the most progressive of all. Overall, we are all still hoping for the rumored notch-free iPhone 14 screen.

iPhone 13,.

One of the other highlights of this year's iPhone product is the adoption of Apple's trademark ProMotion for the high-speed display technology already found on the iPad Pro, which provides super-smooth visuals in addition to device perception. sensitivity and fluidity

As the name suggests, ProMotion vanilla stays out of the iPhone 13, although it finds its way into both Pro models. While it fits Apple's marketing framework - helping it differentiate the Pro better than its standard sister - it's probably the most disappointing flaw in the 13's excellent display, and as a result puts it far behind the curve; Most of the competing phone manufacturers offer a high refresh rate display not only on the flagship devices, but also on mid-range devices.

iPhone 13,,.

Fortunately, iOS has long outperformed Android, which means that even at 60 Hz, content is always displayed more subtly on the iPhone. However, upgrading to 90Hz is the standard this year, and the Mini iPhone would be good for Apple

Like the rear window and last year's model, it protects Apple's Ceramic Shield screen, and independent reports show that it's no less (or more) durable this time around than the 12th series.

Stereo speakers offer well-balanced sound, which isn't as clear as Google's Pixel 5, but results in richer mid-range sounds. If you want wired audio, Bluetooth 5.0, and an understandably tight AirPods integration with just one Lightning port at your disposal, you'll need compatible headphones or a 3.5mm adapter. as well as spatial sound and sound insulation during on-board calls

Software and features

iOS 15 is as accessible and easy to use as ever iOS 15 adds meaningful features like Focus Modes FaceTime finally supports Android and Windows users is the first set of iPhones, which is the latest incarnation of the system.

Our exclusive iOS 15 feature offers a detailed look at all the new features it brings to the table, as well as improved FaceTime call, redesigned content delivery in messages, richer Apple, and now the ability to connect directly with Android and Windows users. . Maps and more

iPhone 13,,,

Notification Summary is especially noteworthy because it allows you to group non-essential notifications (you can decide what is important or not) in pop-up summaries at selected intervals (up to eight times) throughout the day, thereby reducing the number. Unnecessary tweets or Instagram posts can otherwise distract you

When it comes to distractions, the Anxiety function has been expanded with Focus Modes: special profiles that you can personalize to block notifications from certain apps, hide selected home screens full of certain apps, and schedule them to turn on and off automatically. With Default Personal, Work and Sleep Focus Modes, it helps you better segment the iPhone as it is for you throughout the day.

You can also whitelize contacts whose Focus modes are allowed to bypass "Do Not Disturb" mode, and this feature can even automatically notify whitelisted contacts who are trying to contact you via iMessage.

While not perhaps the sexiest upgrades in iOS history, they are (and probably will be) features that will help eliminate the less annoying aspects of Android smartphone ownership (mainly notifications overload and distractions).

The basic iOS experience should already be immediately familiar to iPhone users, and those who switch from Android to smartphones shouldn't find the learning curve too intimidating, with Apple's often-overlooked Tips app being an excellent resource. Learn about OS quirks, sensitivities, and notable features

The latest additions to iOS, such as NFC, Apple Pay contactless payments (widely used these days), the company's popular Siri voice assistant (hands-free with the "Hey Siri" wake-up command) and widgets, and home screens are also more convenient. review.

Performance

Even superior to the most powerful Android flagships, the A15 Bionic should perform well for long-term performance. Excellent for gaming and other demanding applications. The company is known for the high performance of its phones

The entire iPhone 13 family features Apple's elegant 5nm A15 Bionic chip, the main difference being its GPUs: four cores on the 13 and 13 Mini, and five cores on the 13 Pro and iPhone 13 Pro Max.

This small difference will probably not have a noticeable impact on daily use and will only apply to those who are considering an iPhone to create a serious mobile game or video; in this case, a more powerful version of the A15 and ProMotion support in the Pro / Pro Max is up to you.

Those who want to develop 3D or AR experiences supported by the iPhone will benefit better from the extra graphics power of the Pros, but these extreme cases should highlight how capable the standard model is.

In terms of performance, the  iPhone 13 Proves to be one of the toughest smartphones on the market, surpassing last year's high-end iPhone 12 Pro Max and some of this year's most capable (and more expensive) Android flagships.

Due to the 60Hz refresh rate limit, the display graphics criteria are kept stable at 60 frames / s, but it is clear that the A15 has a significant amount of space that should be valuable for heavy users, gamers, or those holding more than the same iPhone. several years between improvements

Battery and charging

Charging speed is still relatively low Excellent battery life
With no charger in the box, with the exception of the Pro Max series, the iPhone 13 still has any other iPhone battery (even bigger than the  iPhone 13 Pro) and Apple offers a longer service life, one of the phone's biggest recent improvements. model of the year.

Officially, 13 are designed to last more than 12 to 2.5 hours, and the results of our battery comparison reflect this. Despite Apple's promise of "all-day battery life", in practice, iPhone 13 users will see no problems during two days of use and will remain good for a long time in terms of battery degradation.

In real life, the phone also managed 8.5 hours of screen operation with a single charge, several hours ahead of its direct rival, the Samsung Galaxy S21. It even surpasses last year's 12 Pro Max with a larger battery (average 7.5 hours of screen time).

In addition to a larger battery and a more efficient chipset, Apple has also added Smart Data mode, which switches from 5G to 4G LTE and results in lower power consumption, while at the same time performing tasks that do not necessarily require high mobile speeds.

When it comes to filling, 13 packs are not close to the front. The 13 series represents second-generation iPhones with an out-of-the-box power adapter and is now only included in the Lightning cable from USB-C.

iPhone 13...,

Although the charging speed of iPhones has improved in recent years, they are still lagging behind the competition, especially when it comes to phone manufacturers like Xiaomi, their latest version is the Xiaomi 11T Pro, which even lowered the price of the 13 Mini but has extremely high speeds. fast 120W. Charges the phone's giant 5000 mAh battery in just 20 minutes.

In the case of the iPhone 13, Apple says that the wired charge peaks at 20 watts and is tested with a 27-watt (Motorola-made) PD charger, which promises to be 50% charged in 13 to 30 minutes, but still takes 1 minute to fully charge. Lasts .75 hours (although hd is 80% charged after one hour - enough for one day use)

MagSafe once again features features that make it easy to charge up to 15 watts from compatible chargers, as well as support for a growing cash register ecosystem and magnetically connected accessories. You can also charge the iPhone 13 wirelessly using any standard Qi charger, although speeds are limited to 7.5 watts, as they were last year's iPhones.

Camera

Perfect selfies No telephoto camera Kinematic mode is good for shooting. Exceptionally dynamic range, but Smart HDR can work
At first glance, the unusual diagonal sensor placement of the 13 (and 13 Mini's) dual rear camera system seemed like a workout to differentiate it from its otherwise similar-looking predecessor. However, the new list of photo enhancements seems to be the real reason for the phone's offset snappers.

iPhone 13

As of last year, you still get a pair of 12Mp sensors on the back: fI1.6 aperture main snapper and ultra-wide f / 2.4 of 120˚ viewing area, updated ISP and improved Depth, Fusion and Smart HDR 4 processing.

The main wide angle, with a larger 1.7µm pixel (from 1.4µm at 12) that allows more light to enter, received the biggest improvements with the sensory sliding optical image stabilization previously exclusive to the 2020 Pro Max. , in less time; Provides brighter, sharper images in low light

The other two new additions come in the form of Cinema Mode, which automatically captures frames between objects when shooting video (you can re-focus frames you've already taken) and Photo Styles, which change the applied color science and contrast, unlike filters. . It helps you capture your shots while intelligently maintaining features such as skin tone accuracy that is no different from Leica's Movie Modes, introduced by Huawei for the first time in the 2016 P9 series.

iPhone 13 review

Using a "standard" photo style for most experiments, the iPhone 13 offers beautiful images that prevent even excellent noise in low light. The colors are rich and have excellent contrast, supported by the widest dynamic range I've ever seen on a smartphone camera. It should be noted that Apple's algorithm works hard to preserve as much detail as possible in the open, but as other sources have reported, it sometimes triggers bright elements such as the sky and simply blows it up.

This wide dynamic range shifts to low-light shots and is more pronounced when switching between basic and ultra-wide sensors, and offers sharper contrast frames for comparison. It can also capture images from impressive dark scenarios, even if shooting in extreme low light doesn't drive uber flagships like the Galaxy S21 Ultra.

iPhone 13 review
iPhone 13 review
iPhone 13 review
iPhone 13 review
iPhone 13 review
iPhone 13 review

When shooting macros and portraits with the main lens, fine details are best preserved, but Apple's display never goes beyond its limits, and compared to the standard camera settings of similar competitors such as Google's Pixel, it is more natural and generally aimed at warmer shots. 5

Video quality (peaks at 4K / 60 frames with Dolby Vision HDR) offers the same incredible dynamic range and color reproduction offered by frames. The handheld device also offers competent stabilization on all three lenses (e.g., front and rear), and Cinema Mode is a fun new addition.

However, like Apple's HDR technology, it can be activated during recording after testing on the front and rear cameras. Although the new regime can detect and track objects as intended, an automated system will sometimes guess itself and focus on the object in the foreground, even if they are still looking the other way. This is probably a problem that can be solved by Apple, but the ability to re-focus content after shooting until they release an update is the biggest asset of this new feature.

Also, by carrying an amazing amount of the phone’s rear camera system, you get one of the best selfie cameras on the market right now; Including 4K video recording, Smart HDR 4, large dynamic range, robust stabilization and even Cinema Mode. It offers a cut-off view by default, but you can push it to a wider viewing area to fit your friend more into the frame if you want.

iPhone 13 review

For everything that the 13's camera system brings to the table, but one notable drawback is the lack of a telephoto snapper. During the years when the first multi-lens iPhone 7 Plus debuted in 2016, major iPhones had fewer sensors than the company's Plus / Pro models. agility, you will have to go to Pro

Overall, the zoom quality is undoubtedly the biggest weakness of the camera system, and although it is distinguished by 5x magnification, there is very little that can save image quality (especially fine detail) when it comes to remote shooting, as shown in the examples above.

price and availability

Despite the upgrades brought to the table by the iPhone 13 and the launch of the iPhone 12 with twice the main memory (128 GB), prices have not changed much compared to last year, starting at 779 pounds / 899 euros / 799 US dollars. UK prices are actually £ 20 less than last year)

While it's still not as cheap as the original required price of the iPhone 11, the 13 makes it more competitive against full-fat flagship competitors such as the Samsung Galaxy S21, Oppo Find X3 Pro and Xiaomi Mi 11 - all of which are already available. Prices fell after the corresponding sale.

From September 24, 2021, you can buy directly from the Apple website (USA, UK, France,  Spain, Germany, India,  Australia) or from retail stores such as Amazon (UK, France, Spain,  Germany, India) you can.

Decision

The strengths of last year's model are only enhanced by the iPhone 13, which offers the best performance on the market, backed by superior camera quality and improved battery life as required by fans.

However, all of these remarkable improvements also highlight its weakness, which makes it feel like it's designed to push people to the more expensive 13 Pro. While the 60Hz refresh rate on another excellent screen keeps it from being one of the best, there's no indication that Apple plans to improve charging speeds or add a telephoto camera to anything other than Pro phones.

If you need a higher refresh rate or better enlargement options in your life, there are a number of Android alternatives that should be provided at almost any price point, otherwise your only choice will really be this year's more expensive  iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max.

Of course, 60Hz is good enough for some, and the dual rear camera still covers a number of photographic scenarios. If that sounds good enough to you, the iPhone 13 is built to last in every way.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

iPhone 13 Pro Max review

Our Decision

The iPhone 13 Pro Max offers the best battery of any iPhone to date, but the lack of differences with the more affordable iPhone 13 Pro, including ProMotion technology and advanced cameras, makes it hard to recommend to most users.

Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max full research

The iPhone 13 Pro Max is the culmination of Apple's work over the past few years and offers the largest, fastest display and best battery life of any iPhone to date. However, the iPhone 13 Pro Max is also the most expensive iPhone currently available, and unlike last year, there are no improvements for this year's Pro Max.

With that in mind, is it worth paying extra for a bigger screen and longer battery life, or should you save a little money and go for an equally capable iPhone 13 Pro? Read on to find out

Design

Slightly thicker and heavier than its predecessor, the Face ID notch is 20% smaller. During the next 13 Pro Max so make a difference. is done. It's something you can set up pretty quickly, but I didn't expect such a difficult experience when I first got my smartphone.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Still, that doesn't mean it's not an amazing piece; If you like the industrial look of the iPhone 12 series for the first time, you will like the iPhone 13 Pro Max because it is basically the same. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has the same stainless steel frame as its predecessor, frosted glass back and side-to-side screen. It is also protected by the same IP68 dust and water resistance and front-facing ceramic shield technology.

It's a bit thicker and heavier at 7.7mm and 240g, respectively, which is probably due to the increase in battery capacity - more on that later - and the camera shell also comes out more than usual, but most people's smartphone case considering that it will put. received immediately, is probably not something you will notice

The main change compared to its predecessor is in the notch section; There are still, but this time 20% smaller. Hardcore Apple fans will appreciate the size reduction, which doesn't affect Face ID performance, but most people won't notice it unless they're side by side.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Unfortunately, Apple didn't do anything with the extra screen space on either side of the notch, with previous smartphones, as well as signal and notification icons, it was just centralized.

Before you ask, no, Apple has not re-introduced Touch ID along with Face ID as advertised. Considering that the technology is included in the power button of the iPad Air and iPad mini, it's a bit embarrassing, especially considering that face masks and Face ID have difficulty recognizing faces, and that's a feature of most Android. competition too. Come on Apple, leave us the choice

The iPhone 13 Pro Max also has new color options that help it stand out from its predecessor; Available in Ordinary Silver and Graphite, an updated Gold Cover and new Sierra Blue colors for review. Another addition came in March 2022 with the launch of the Alpine Green Cover.

iPhone 13 Pro Max review

The new blue is lighter than the more vibrant blue found on the standard iPhone 13, and brighter than the Pacific color of the 12 Pro series, complete with a matching blue stainless steel strap that covers the edges of the smartphone and cameras. for a clean look

Display

Live 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR OLED display 120Hz ProMotion is an excellent addition. Improved refresh rate will not affect battery life For most Apple fans, the display will be the main reason to improve this year's iPhone. Why? Finally, to introduce one of the most required features: high refresh rate

All iPhone 13 series feature Apple's superior color and detail Super Retina XDR OLED displays, HDR and True Tone support, etc., while the 6.7-inch iPhone 13 Pro Max (and smaller 6.1-inch Pro) Introduce inch Pro Hz ProMotion technology

iPhone 13 Pro Max review

Although part of the iPad Pro series since 2017, the iPhone 13 Pro and Pro Max are the first iPhones to offer a smooth 120Hz refresh rate. For the uninitiated, a higher refresh rate allows the screen to be updated more frequently to ensure smoother sliding in apps and higher frame rates in games.

While it's hard for some to notice, it's a pleasure for technology enthusiasts who can fully appreciate the bounce from 60 Hz to 120 Hz. Everything on the iPhone 13 Pro Max, whether it's Star Trek: Legends, or just looking at my Twitter chart, responds faster than ever, and I'm amazed at how quickly I get used to it.

Now I've set it to a higher refresh rate, the iPad mini's 60Hz display, which I only praised weeks ago, looks a bit slow now, even though it has the same A15 Bionic.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Of course, a higher refresh rate means more battery consumption; therefore, Apple has chosen an LTPO display that can be dynamically adjusted between 10 and 120 Hz when needed. When the screen is static, for example, when reading text, it will switch to a lower refresh rate and increase its speed when it detects a slip, which is probably a factor in the excellent battery life found in this year's model - but more so later.

Not as capable as some Android, likes of the premium Oppo Find X3 Pro can lower the effective 1Hz for better battery efficiency, and you can't lock the screen to a certain refresh rate, but it's still a nice change that greatly improves. iPhone screen experience

Aside from ProMotion, the iPhone 13 Pro has a brighter screen than its predecessor, with an impressive peak brightness of 1,600 nits when looking at HDR content, but as I found out during the test, it drops to (respectable) 830 nits in daily use.

Simply put, the iPhone 13 Pro Max is a solid choice if you're looking for a large screen with detailed image size, beautiful colors, and a high refresh rate that's perfect for gaming.

iPhone 13 Pro Max
Features and performance

An incredible new 1TB memory option for videographers, the A15 Bionic Frequent iOS Updates Another iPhone means a chipset developed by another Apple, and the 5nm A15 Bionic, which is at the heart of the iPhone 13 Pro Max this year, certainly doesn't disappoint.

In terms of transparent power, the iPhone 13 Pro Max's A15 Bionic is incredible compared to even the highest-end Android smartphones - and some of our benchmark results outperform most of its competitors, especially the CPU department. Geekbench shows 5 tests

However, there is a caveat: as you can see from the GFXBench results, iOS apps need to be updated manually to support faster 120Hz refresh rates, which means that while we can show more frames, our benchmark results are currently limited to 60 frames / second. I will look for a 120Hz update and run the tests again if it is available.

Of course, the criteria are just numbers, and this does not mean that the smartphone actually works on a daily basis. Given Apple's control over both hardware and software, you should expect lightning-fast experience no matter what you're doing, whether you're running Call of Duty Mobile at the highest graphics settings or exporting video to iMovie. The iPhone 13 Pro Max, no matter what I threw, never stuttered in public use.

The increase in machine learning capabilities means that smart tasks like adjusting the focus in the Kinematic mode of the iPhone 13 (which I'll discuss later) are almost instantaneous and more accurate than ever.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Simply put, the iPhone 13 Pro Max is fast, has enough power to last several years under the hood, and has yet to fail benchmark tests.

There is a significant increase in internal memory with 128 GB, 256 GB and 512 GB options, as well as a new 1 TB memory option. While most iPhone users - especially those using iCloud - will be happy with the 128GB model, the 1TB model will no doubt be useful for those who want to use the phone's high-end cameras to record Apple ProRes videos in 4K.

In terms of connectivity, you can find 5G with variable support depending on the market. For example, faster mmWave 5G technology is still exclusive to the United States. It is covered by NFC for Apple Pay, Ultra Broadband technology, Bluetooth 5.0 and Wi-Fi 6 for advanced Tap My technology.

There is also the iOS experience to consider. The iPhone 13 Pro Max takes iOS 15 out of the box and has major improvements, including major improvements to the notification system and the introduction of Focus Modes.

Focus mode allows you to create different profiles for tasks such as work, sleep, personal time, and control not only incoming notifications and calls, but also which iPhone's main screens are displayed. Want a Home Screen mode that is devoid of social media and gaming apps? It's easy to do in iOS 15

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Features like this, along with Apple's invincible ecosystem, mean that the iPhone will play very well with products that offer iOS, such as the iPad, Apple Watch, AirPods, Mac and Apple TV. All in all, this is a job for iPhone users as always, and while setting up Android conversions takes some time, there isn't much to dislike.

There are also benefits to software updates; While Android competition has finally improved on this front, some manufacturers are promising 3-year OS updates, still far from the support offered by Apple. Take iOS 15, for example: it is available on the iPhone 6S, released in 2015. Also, the Samsung Galaxy S6, released in 2015, did not even upgrade to Android 8, let alone this year's Android 12.

If software longevity is important to you, iOS is the way forward

Camera

Excellent daily performance Low-light focus camera improvements have been remarkable Movie mode is a lot of fun While the entire iPhone 13 series benefits from OIS, the sensor change introduced in the iPhone 12 Pro Max last year, there are other advantages that define the iPhone. separate The 13 Pro Max's triple rear camera unit is currently one of the best on the market

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Let's start with the main wide camera; The 12Mp snapper has the largest sensor ever installed on the iPhone, combined with a faster f / 1.5 aperture to dramatically improve the amount of light received in any shot.

It should come as no surprise that in normal lighting, the iPhone can take amazing photos in great detail, but this is true for almost any flagship right now. It's a low-light performance that can change drastically, and that's where the iPhone 13 Pro Max stands out.

Although there is still a lot of grain (which is a factor in most low light modes, regardless of the model), the iPhone 13 Pro Max is able to emit more light from the stage without the need for a tripod. more detailed picture. In fact, in some scenarios, the iPhone took more scenes than I could see with the naked eye.

It's not the perfect night mode to see particularly bright spots, such as nearby street lights, but it's something Apple could replace with future OS updates.

Similarly, the 12Mp 120-degree ultra-wide sensor has been upgraded to improve performance in low light with an impressive jump from f / 2.4 to f / 1.8, making it one of the widest ranges in the ultra-wide range currently in use. brought to any smartphone.

As with the main sensor, photos in excellent light are amazing, as Apple's anti-distortion technology eliminates most of the distortions found in most ultra-wide cameras, especially in wide-angle shots, but the main advantage is low light.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

If you have a tripod in your hand, you can create low-light images that can stand against an ultra-wide main lens, but without OIS, if you just hold the phone, the task is not entirely appropriate. Still, even in shorter exposures, there is more light this time around, making it an affordable choice for ultra-wide Night mode for the first time since Apple introduced the technology in an ultra-wide sensor.

This is not the only change; Instead of adding a custom macro lens and increasing the number of cameras, as with cheap Android smartphones, Apple has decided to turn on functionality in the ultra-wide lens.

While macro lenses can sometimes be a little tricky, they are surprisingly good on the iPhone 13 Pro Max as long as you frame the shot correctly. You need to be at least 2 cm away from the subject to focus, and you usually have to deal with the shadows created by the phone, depending on the lighting conditions, but it has great macro photographic potential.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

The only real concern is that in the game with Apple's "just works" mentality, there is no special macro mode switch in the Camera app. Instead, the iPhone decides you're close enough to the subject to activate macro mode - and this happens very often with annoying blurry animations that hide the camera button.

Apple has added a switch to turn off automatic macro mode in iOS 15.1, but it still doesn't include a manual switch in place. Instead, you should switch to an ultra-wide lens and approach your object without an icon to indicate that the macro mode is indeed active. There are still many UI optimizations to see, but these can be easily fixed

Finally, the telephoto lens was increased from 2.5x to 3x. While not as obvious as jumping 2x to 3x on the iPhone 13 Pro, the longer zoom distance is great for shooting distant objects and allows you to zoom in without moving.

However, there is a downside to using Portrait mode, which is the main purpose of a telephoto lens. The additional magnification offered by the 3x lens means that you have to move further away from your object to frame it properly, which is not always possible depending on the environment.

As it has a narrower f / 2.8 aperture than other lenses, it is also not fully compatible in the low light section. This is still possible and has the potential to shoot well-magnified low-light shots, but (understandably) not to the same standard.

The iPhone presentation also focused on Photo Styles; The camera app now includes five different initial settings - Standard, Rich Contrast, Live, Warm and Cool - instantly switching between them to give your photos a different feel.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

You can show natural shots more intensely with a live filter, and Autumn photos look great with a Hot Filter, but it's so annoying that you can't apply or refine them after shooting. However, by creating your own initial settings, you can give your images a unique look.

But while most of the improvements have been focused on photography, Apple hasn't overlooked another powerful costume - video. This is an area where Apple outperforms Android's competition, offering Dolby Vision HDR shooting at 4K @ 60fps and more limited 1080p @ 60fps or 4K @ 30fps from iOS 15.1.

While ProRes is undoubtedly a big plus for videographers who want to use their iPhone to capture video, the more popular new addition is Cinema Mode. Described as Portrait Mode for video during a pre-broadcast leak, Cinematic Mode offers a real-time fake bokeh effect found in Portrait mode and is fully adjustable.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

The camera program will do its best to intelligently identify the shooting object identified by the yellow box and blur the background around it. It will analyze other focal points on the stage, such as the person in the background, and quickly shift the focus from one to the other. What if the focus is not entirely correct? AI is great, but not perfect as a result

The best part is that after shooting the video, you can completely edit its main point. It is also very easy to do; Simply pause the video you want to change focus on and click on the area you want to change the focus. You can do it as much as you want, allowing you to get incredible cinematic-like shots that are ideal not only for social media, but for any creative video.

The only dealbreaker is that captured is limited to 1080p, rather than the full [email protected] the iPhone 13 Pro Max is capable of

Let's not forget the front camera; It's still the same 12Mp f / 2.2 snapper as the iPhone 12 Pro Max, but it's one of the best considering its excellent selfie quality and access to features like adjustable wide-angle Slow Motion, Night Mode, and Movie Mode. talented

Battery life and charging

True multi-day battery life 15W MagSafe charging Improved wired charging speed, but still not at the Android level The iPhone Pro version of the iPhone always has the best battery life, and this, of course, applies to the iPhone 13 Pro Max, but it goes even further and has a full day (or even a few days of use) battery life.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

According to Apple, the 4352 mAh battery inside the iPhone 13 Pro Max offers two hours more battery life than the 12 Pro Max, and in our tests, it's worth the money. A big leap over last year's iPhone 12 Pro Max at 9:08 a.m., the iPhone 13 Pro Max won 11 hours and 36 minutes in our 120-bit battery test.

In a real sense, the iPhone 13 Pro Max will probably save you from battery worries you've never experienced. I didn't have to worry about long FaceTime conversations, mobile game sessions, or surfing on TikTok away from the charger, about 40% battery left, and if you use your phone less than I did, it allowed me to spend the whole day comfortably. . , you will probably be able to get a two-day use of the highest level iPhone.

This is combined with a MagSafe charger rated at the same 15 watts as the previous model, and this is a similar story with the 7.5 W Qi charger, but it supports faster wired charging via the Lightning cable (yes, no USB-C switch!) Up to 27W. to catch? Again, Apple does not include a charger in the box, so you will need at least a 27-watt USB-C plug to get the most out of the charger.

iPhone 13 Pro Max

If you can get a charger strong enough to take advantage of the 27W charging capacity, expect the iPhone 13 Pro Max to gain 22% in 15 minutes and 52% in 30 minutes with a full charge in less than 90 minutes.

Price

Even at the starting price, the iPhone 13 Pro Max is the most expensive model in the iPhone 13 collection, only growing with additional memory. Here's how the iPhone 13 Pro Max is formed

  • iPhone 13 Pro Max (128 GB) - 1,049 £ / 1,099 $
  • iPhone 13 Pro Max (256 GB) - 1,149 £ / 1,199 $
  • iPhone 13 Pro Max (512 GB) - 1,349 £ / 1,399 $
  • iPhone 13 Pro Max (1 TB) - 1,549 £ / 1,599 $

It costs £ 100 / $ 100 more than the iPhone 13 Pro, and unlike last year, the Pro Max doesn't offer any unique upgrades other than a larger screen and better battery life. So, if you can handle a slightly smaller iPhone, the iPhone 13 Pro offers the best bang for your buck considering the premium features it offers.

If you can't resist the iPhone 13 Pro Max's big screen or long battery life, it can be obtained from AppleAmazon and other products - and this includes the latest Alpine Green finish.

If you're wondering how the iPhone 13 Pro Max compares to other flagships like the Galaxy S21 Ultra and OnePlus 9 Pro, take a look at our best flagship phone options or our best iPhone graphics. the rest of the range

iPhone 13 Pro Max
Decision

The iPhone 13 Pro Max is without a doubt the biggest and best iPhone. The 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR OLED display and improved 120Hz refresh rate offer significant improvements over the iPhone 12 Pro Max, and the A15 Bionic benchmark in its main body is unrivaled in results. Whatever you throw at this phone, whether it's a hard game or instant video editing, it can handle it.

There are also significant camera improvements, especially in the low-light section. The f / 1.5 aperture of the main lens and the larger sensor combined with the sensor-modified OIS provide incredible low-light photos comparable to those taken on high-end Android smartphones, and this is a story similar to well-lit images. more. The introduction of ProRes video recording is a boon for professionals, but for many it is a cinematic mode that will steal the show.

Battery life is another area where the iPhone 13 Pro Max is superior, and for the first time in iPhone history, it boasts a true multi-day battery life. Charging is still slow compared to Android's competition, but it's respectable at 27W

However, is this the iPhone we would recommend to most people? Probably not. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is a large phone with a much wider thickness and thickness than the iPhone 12 Pro Max, which makes it difficult to use a single phone, combined with a fairly wide (compared to Android standards) 19.5: 9 aspect ratio. Delivered more than iPhone 13 Pro

In addition, while the iPhone 13 Pro offers the same major upgrades as the Pro Max with a £ 100 / $ 100 discount, it's hard to say that the iPhone 13 Pro Max is the iPhone you should go for. But if you're like me and love the big screen and long battery life, this is something to consider.

iPhone 13 Pro

iPhone 13 Pro review

Our decision

The iPhone 13 Pro is the best of 2021 thanks to its 120Hz ProMotion display, improved camera and two days of battery life - but keep in mind that the best Android competitors are still winning in terms of charging speed and low-light camera performance.

Of the four phones in the iPhone line, the 13 Pro has a difficult task: to justify why it has to pay extra for the Pro, it must prove itself not only against fierce Android competition, but also against the iPhone 13 itself. . features that are basically the same on the phone

This is a test that last year's 12 Pro failed, and the cheaper 12 is clearly a better buy. This year the schedules have changed and 13 Pro 2021 iPhone seems to be the winner of the ranking. The reason for this is that Apple's development of the 13 Pro, or not retreating from the usual 13, will largely depend on your innocence, but the result is the same: This is the best iPhone of the year.

Is the best iPhone good enough now? For iOS fans, Apple has done significant work this year, especially improving battery life, while those who are open to changing sides have found more powerful cameras and thinner devices in the best Android phones.

Design

Premium stainless steel design A smaller notch Excellent water resistance Apple continues to be cautious in updating the design of the iPhone, so the 13 Pro will be very similar to anyone who has used the 12 Pro since last year. This means familiar Apple touches like familiar notches, square stainless steel edges and physical sliding to put your phone in Silent mode.

iPhone 13 Pro

As you can see from the beginning, the 13 Pro is exactly the same size as its predecessor, but is now a bit thicker and 15g heavier. Along with the square edges, which the company re-introduced last year, it makes the phone feel very thick, but the weight combined with the stainless steel frame gives it a bit of high-quality polish.

This year, Apple has partially narrowed the notch that cuts the top of the screen, but if you don't put this phone next to one of last year's phones, you'll have a hard time finding it. The phone's software certainly doesn't do much with the extra screen space - you'll see the same notification icons on either side - and while the change is welcome, it's not big enough for everyone to keep improving.

The reduced notch has the same Face ID technology as before - it's just compacted - but Apple couldn't find a place to match one of the Touch ID power buttons found on some of the latest iPads. This has always been annoying, but especially considering the well-documented problems with Face ID's face masks.

iPhone 13 Pro

While the front camera area is reduced, the rear is swollen. There are still three lenses, but the new larger sensors have pushed Apple to zoom in on the entire camera module, now covering the back of the phone more and more. It's never been the best-looking phone camera in the world, and enlarging it certainly didn't help, but I doubt it will bother many people.

I was looking at the 13 Pro in gold, and I have to admit that I like it a little bit, but I know it has fans. If this isn't for you, make sure that silver and graphite return to last year's lineup with the new (and quite surprisingly) Sierra Blue, a lighter alternative to last year's Pacific color. Alpine Green, which appeared about six months after the initial release, should also be taken into account.

As with all iPhones, you can expect an IP68 waterproof rating; The screen is covered with Apple's exclusive Ceramic Shield for extra durability.

iPhone 13 Pro.

If you're hoping for a radical redesign of the iPhone, the 13 Pro will be disappointed - rumor has it that the iPhone 14 series may offer a little more in this regard. But if you're a fan of the current iPhone design, it's much more the same: a little smaller here, a little bigger there, but in the end everything works.

Display

The smoother 120Hz ProMotion refresh rate remains a 6.1-inch OLED with excellent color notches and thick frames. For many, the display will be the reason for the upgrade to the Pro 13, and it will undoubtedly be the biggest reason to choose this phone over the iPhone 13 of similar size.

Both models have a 6.1-inch OLED display that supports HDR, True Tone and all the usual applications. Only the Pro (and larger, 6.7-inch Pro Max) has additional brightness and a major improvement: the 120 Hz refresh rate, officially called ProMotion

iPhone 13 Pro

Introduced here for the first time on the iPhone (although iPad Pros have the technology since 2017 and even budget Android phones support it), the 120 Hz refresh rate means more frequent screen refreshes and higher frame rates in games. gives (e.g., answering). game) and smoother, smoother animations for everyday use

Like the transition to higher-resolution Retina displays, this is an inexplicable improvement, and some may not even realize it. Although it appears when you return to the 60Hz display; After using the 13 Pro, last year's iPhone SE slows down even in simple tasks like home screen navigation or open apps.

iPhone 13 Pro,

Higher refresh rates consume more battery, so Apple has made it dynamic here; It has the ability to adjust up and down between 120Hz and 10Hz if needed. Switching to a lower refresh rate when appropriate can help your phone save energy when looking at static screens; this is undoubtedly part of those behind the 13 Pro's impressive battery life improvements.

While phones like the Oppo Find X3 Pro and OnePlus 9 Pro can drop to a slower 1Hz when needed, this dynamic update speed technology is less common on the Android side - though unheard of

Often, as an Android user, the combination of a notch and a thick (by modern standards) black frame surrounding the screen still disappoints me, and I can't wait to see what Apple has to offer with the next redesign. il. I can't be wrong about the quality of the panel, it finally returns to where it should be among the best on the market.

Features and performance

The most powerful phone on the market (currently) 25% faster than last year's iPhone 12 Pro 1TB memory Each new iPhone series brings an updated chipset, and it's no different from the 5nm A15 Bionic.

Comparing iPhone chips with Android seems a bit counterproductive, but neither side can agree that the iPhone 13 Pro will withstand the pure power of any Android phone on the market and will outperform certain tasks in general, especially videos.

In our tests, we saw an increase of about 25% in CPU performance over 13 Pro years, while we saw a 19% increase in our graphics performance. Benchmark scores are consistently higher than last year's best Android devices, but keep in mind that the frame rate gap is closer than seen in graphics tests, and Android flagships have higher resolution displays that require more graphics processing power.

This latest experiment revealed a noteworthy wrinkle: applications will not be able to make the most of this technology from day one, as 120Hz support must be manually encoded. GFXBench was limited to 60 frames / s instead of hitting the higher frame rates the screen should now allow; this is a possible problem in many games and other applications; At least in the short term, developers are trying to provide full support

This is also the first year that Apple has offered up to 1TB of memory on the iPhone, but Apple is charging several hundred for the upgrade. Anyone who uses iCloud and other cloud storage will probably be quite satisfied with the 128 GB base option, but if you want to take full advantage of the 13 Pro's video capture technology, consider more.

iPhone 13 Pro

5G is certainly back this year, but the exact 5G ranges supported vary by market, especially as mmWave is still only supported in the US

You can also find NFC (for Apple Pay) and Ultra Broadband or UWB (for advanced Tap My technology that amplifies AirTag) along with Bluetooth 5.0 and Wi-Fi 6. None of the last two are necessarily the latest standards. exists, but at this point we are really arguing

Battery and charging

Exceptional two-day battery life Slow (23W) wired charging MagSafe (15W) and Qi (7.5W) wireless charging In the last few years, if  Apple has certainly lagged behind Android, this is battery life. So you will forgive me for being a little sarcastic when the company promises "the best battery life on the iPhone" this time. Some words are true

iPhone 13 Pro

Whether it's a larger battery inside (Apple doesn't officially disclose battery capacity), dynamic update speed and efficiency thanks to the A15 chip, or just software changes, the result is the first iPhone in years with really good battery life. not just good for the iPhone

With light use, the 13 Pro lasts for two days, but it must be admitted that it falls into single digits before going to bed on the second day. Typical use keeps it comfortable all day, and I expect it to stay that way for a few years despite the battery failing.

I'm sure a particular person's battery will run out in a day - intense play or extensive video recording will probably work - but I don't think the average user will see anything like that anytime soon. It's a big step forward for Apple, and I see that the new iPhone not only keeps up with the best Android systems, but also leaves many behind - I don't remember the last time

iPhone 13 Pro

Unfortunately, the same cannot be said when it comes to backing up a 13 Pro backup.

While some of the best Android phones can now fully charge in less than half an hour and even offer wireless speeds that aren't too low, Apple advertises a maximum speed of 20 watts for the 13 Pro, saying it can only charge 50%. within half an hour

In fact, enterprising testers have found that the 13 Pro looks limited at 23W - partially better, but still. So, if you plan to pair the Pro with a new charger, you shouldn't look for anything more than 25 watts as you won't see any additional benefits.

And of course, since Apple no longer sends a charger to your phone, you may have to buy it. There is no indication that the company plans to switch the iPhone to USB-C, so it will not use the same charger as any new iPad or MacBook.

iPhone 13 Pro

Wireless charging is still supported, 7.5 W faster than the universal Qi standard and 15 W faster charging via Apple's special MagSafe technology for the iPhone

Camera

Camera upgrades since last year Fight with such bright light sources for those who suffer from daylight Apple's Apple buyers are primarily pushing Pro models based on camera features, and while this year's 120Hz display upgrade is great for many, the added cost is a regular iPhone. According to 13, this really makes sense if you expect to get the most out of your phone's photography capabilities.

At a glance, the rear camera here looks like the 12 Pro - except it's bigger - and you'll find a more basic lens, an ultra-wide, and a telephoto sensor. However, each has been improved and the results are undeniably impressive

iPhone 13 Pro

The main camera uses both a larger sensor and a faster aperture (f / 1.5), both of which help the camera get more light. In good lighting, this lens is expected to be excellent, but these days the same can be said for every flagship phone.

The real test is in dim light, where the new sensor and aperture should make all the difference. Here, the 13 Pro does a great job of stabilizing shots and capturing details, but low light creates a random problem during the day: dynamic range

The 13 Pro's main camera - and indeed its other lenses, but we'll get to them - constantly exposes bright light sources to constant exposure to other elements of shooting. This is most noticeable when shooting sunsets or street scenes at night, but the glare of the day can also be distracting.

iPhone 13 Pro

The result is not only over-exposure and explosion of light sources, but sometimes other objects are often darker and less exposed, especially when the phone is focused on the brightest point, including the sky.

This is the kind of problem that Apple can fix over time, but any promise that this is the best camera phone will wear off quickly.

Although there are many lenses here. The "most advanced" award will definitely be given to the ultra-wide camera, which rises from f / 2.4 to f / 1.8, which will make it one of the ultra-wide cameras with the widest aperture on any phone.

iPhone 13 Pro

Its light capture capabilities are now almost at the same level as the main lens, but it cannot capture details at the same level without any optical image stabilization, especially in low light. Again, if you are trying to capture wide views and cityscapes, this subtle detail is often less important and will retain its main lens when it comes to capturing scenic sunsets and holiday scenes, albeit with the same warnings about the exhibit.

There is another new trick in Ultrawide. Now able to focus on objects up to 2 cm, this objective macro doubles its objective role and manages it very well. Instead of a special low-resolution macro shooter, you can use all the power of the ultra-wide area. The results are still not perfect - it can sometimes be difficult to concentrate, and for anything closer than 2 cm, it won't work at all - but it's an excellent choice.

The only real concern is that it starts automatically when you approach an object, which is a bit annoying, especially since it is too far from a focal length of 2 cm. If you want to frame the shot from a variable exact distance, this is absolutely useless, because the slightest movement will cause the cameras to constantly move back and forth. Fortunately, Apple offers a switch to turn off this mode, although it is not yet available.

iPhone 13 Pro

While both the main and ultra-wide lenses here have been improved compared to their regular iPhone 13 counterparts, there is a third lens that really sets the 13 Pro apart: telephoto

A 3x optical zoom lens (more than 2x on last year's model) is a mixed benefit. A longer zoom distance is a definite advantage when shooting distant objects, but I find it more difficult to use for portrait photography - you'll have to move away from your subject a bit. It's still a long way from the 5x and 10x lenses found in some Samsung and Xiaomi flagships, but you can't object to that.

I was worried that the narrower f / 2.8 aperture would also limit the lenses, but it stays the same even in telephoto, low light, and Night mode shooting. It has the same problems with blowing light sources as other lenses, but often shares their strengths as well.

If the 13 Pro is mostly compatible with the best frames on Android, no matter which lens you use, Apple will easily hold the crown when it comes to video that is at least crisp, smooth, and stable. The cameras here are still limited to 4K @ 60fps - no 8K, who needs that? - but soon Apple will also support its own ProRes video format, but unfortunately it is not ready yet

13 Pro

A great addition here is the Adjustable Focus Movie Mode, which is basically Portrait Mode for video. This is another feature that is already available on several Android devices, but Apple's app puts them mostly in the dust; with excellent object detection and natural bokeh nausea

The camera program will do its best to intelligently select the best focal point, select faces and animals during shooting, and adjust it immediately. This aspect of the technology is not yet perfect, but the ability to quickly and easily change the focal points in the video after shooting makes it a controversial point. The only downside is not the 4K, but the HD resolution limit, but that's far from the deal.

As you would expect, a selfie camera is also great. This 12Mp, f / 2.2 camera is still one of the best front-facing cameras on the market, and has the same software tricks that help set it apart from others, including 4K video and Cinema mode.

Software and updates

New iOS 15 notification management tools Guaranteed long-term software The iPhone 13 series is the first iPhone to ship with iOS 15 - but of course, if you already have an iPhone, it will now be available to users. You. (at least 6 seconds)

iPhone 13 Pro,

Like the iPhone 13 series itself, this year's iOS update doesn't make any major changes to the system, but the updates here are welcome.

Notification Digest is perhaps the biggest improvement and the next step in Apple's ongoing efforts to improve iPhone notifications - a long-standing weakness of the platform. You can now collect custom notifications (news updates, Netflix content drops, or Instagram follower pings) as summaries that come in regularly throughout the day, and release the highest priority notifications that only appear when they are first published.

Similarly, the new Focus Modes allow you to create individual profiles (work, home, sleep, gym, etc.), each with its own home screens, notification settings, and Anxiety configurations.

Newer features for smaller changes, including FaceTime, iMessage, and Apple Maps, and the ability to capture text intelligently from photos. These are unlikely to radically change the way you use your iPhone.

iPhone 13 Pro

Eventually, iPhone owners will find familiar things, and anyone who goes through Android will face a learning curve, but there's a lot to finally get rid of hesitation.

The only major drawback is the always-on screen - I miss being able to see the time and notifications at a glance without waking up the phone. This is another area where Apple has strangely lagged behind in time, and with supported dynamic update speeds and improved battery life, there is no longer any hardware justification for the lack of this software.

Of course, such small mistakes are offset by Apple's commitment to long-term software support. While most flagships now offer two- or three-year Android updates, and everything improves elsewhere, no one can beat Apple in terms of longevity. If you want to buy a phone now and continue to use it for five years, it must really be an iPhone.

price and availability

iPhone 13 Pro is now available from  Apple, Amazon and others. It's not even a cheap phone for the starting price, and as you add more memory, it quickly becomes a very expensive phone.

  • 128 GB: 949 pounds / 999 dollars / 1159 euros
  • 256 GB: £ 1,049 / $ 1,099 / € 1,279
  • 512 GB: £ 1,249 / $ 1,299 / € 1,509
  • 1TB: 1,449 pounds / 1,499 US dollars / 1,739 euros

At each storage point you will pay around £ 170 / $ 200/250 for the Pro over the regular iPhone 13 (but there is no 1TB option for this model), but this 120Hz display seems like an acceptable reward for a telephoto lens. and other additions with dots. I would say that a single screen is an additional expense for many, but think about how much you would really appreciate the add-ons.

There is also a slightly more expensive 13 Pro Max. Unlike last year, it basically has the same features as the Pro, so it's worth considering that you're only willing to pay extra for a bigger screen and a bigger phone; However, you can also expect a slightly better battery life. Similarly, the 13 Mini matches the features of the regular 13, but in a smaller form factor

13 Mini

Otherwise, its main competitors are Android flagships such as the Galaxy S21, Xiaomi Mi 11, Oppo Find X3 Pro and OnePlus 9 Pro. All will be compatible with the iPhone 13 Pro in terms of basic performance and camera cuts, but will be different elsewhere. Most offer faster charging than Apple, some have more versatile camera arrays, and some are even better than the improved display seen here. None of them have a notch, and many will eventually be cheaper, especially for equivalent storage.

To better understand the competition and how the 13 Pro is assembled, take a look at our current flagship iPhone ratings to learn how we rank the best flagship phones in both operating systems or how other Apple models compare.

Decision

The iPhone 13 Pro is the best iPhone of the year. The 6.1-inch screen is the most comfortable size for most users, and the combination of the 120Hz refresh rate and all the camera upgrades makes it worth the extra cost compared to the basic iPhone 13.

By Android standards, the comparison is more difficult. In pure performance, the 13 Pro stands out against any phone and is unique for video recording. The best phones from Samsung, Xiaomi, and Vivo have now beaten Apple in photography, but there isn't much these days, and it remains an excellent camera to find on your phone.

By adopting 120Hz and improving battery life, Apple has finally overcome its two biggest weaknesses recently, and charging speed remains the biggest difference between the best iPhones and the competition - but for many, Apple's offer is completely adequate.

Finally, iOS 15 and Apple's design language will attract people to the iPhone 13 Pro just like everything else. If you're a fan of Cupertino's work, this is a good example of what any company can do with mobile equipment, and as long as you can afford it, the downsides are now minimal.

The best iPhone 2022

The best iPhone 2022

What is the best iPhone you can buy?

1 iPhone 13 Pro5 iPhone 12
2 iPhone 13 Pro Max6 iPhone 12 mini
3 iPhone 137 iPhone 11
4 iPhone 13 mini8 iPhone SE 2022

You've decided to buy a new iPhone, but it's not as simple as before: if you used to have to decide on memory capacity and color, now there are several iPhone models in each. with pros and cons

So what is the best iPhone to buy right now? It really depends on what you want to get from your smartphone.

iPhones come in all shapes and sizes, with different camera options and other unique features that set them apart from the Android competition, and we've compiled the best iPhones to buy right now.

The best iPhone 2022

1 iPhone 13 Pro

iPhone 13 Pro

The iPhone 13 Pro is currently the best iPhone for most people. In terms of performance, battery and camera, it offers significant improvements over the iPhone 12 Pro, and unlike last year, there is no difference between the iPhone 13 Pro and the Pro Max other than the screen size, so you don't have to spend any more money. . On the largest iPhone to get premium features.

One of the key new features is the 120Hz ProMotion display - something iOS owners have been waiting for for a while, and it's impressive. The adaptive refresh rate can increase up to 120Hz during sliding and gaming, and can drop as low as 10Hz whenever possible to save battery life. The screen is also brighter than ever, ideal for outdoor use.

The rear triple camera also has improvements, including a basic 12Mp snapper with OIS technology that replaces the sensor previously used exclusively for the 12 Pro Max, and an improved f / 1.5 aperture for better low-light photography. The wide-angle camera, which serves as a macro camera, and the extended telephoto lens, which now offers 3x optical zoom, also have similar improvements in low light.

Like the rest of the iPhone 13 series, you'll find the A15 Bionic combined with a minimum of 128 GB of main memory and up to 1 TB. As with the iPhone 13, the performance is high. In fact, when it comes to the iPhone 13 Pro, there isn't much to like other than the high starting price.

Read our full Apple iPhone 13 Pro review

2 iPhone 13 Pro Max

iPhone 13 Pro Max

Unlike the iPhone 12 Pro Max, there are differences with the iPhone 13 Pro, which makes it a little less attractive this time around if you're not a big-screen fan.

This is a large 6.7-inch Super Retina XDR OLED display with the same 120Hz ProMotion technology as the iPhone 13 Pro, and can vary between 10-120Hz depending on what you're doing. At its heart is the same A15 Bionic, although it has a dubious impact on RAM compared to other models.

Like the iPhone 13 Pro, this is the shining camera part of the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Equipped with a 12Mp main camera with modified OIS with the same sensor and a wider f / 1.5 aperture, the 13 Pro Max can take great photos both day and night. It also benefits from the improvement of ultra-wide and telephoto lenses, and Apple ProRaw video recording is also available for professional videographers.

The place where the iPhone 13 Pro Max really shines is in the battery compartment; Offering an extra 2 hours compared to the already impressive 12 Pro Max, it not only surpasses any previous iPhone, but also keeps up with the best Android competition.

On the downside, the larger screen and battery indicate that the iPhone 13 Pro Max is a fifty beast and noticeably heavier. Combine this with the extra initial price and nothing unique in the latest Pro Max, it's just for those who want a really big screen.

Read our full Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max review

3 iPhone 13

iPhone 13

iPhone 13 is an ideal choice for most people. Although it has aluminum tape instead of higher-grade stainless steel, it has the same overall form factor as the iPhone 13 Pro, despite having a similar level of performance at the heart of the same A15 Bionic chipset.

Previously exclusive to the highest-end iPhone 12 Pro Max, it has excellent camera performance that supports Sensor-Shift OIS, and has a 2-hour leap in battery life compared to the previous model.

But while the overall experience has improved, there are some areas where the iPhone 13 is lacking. Pro models are limited to 120Hz to 60Hz, and when you get an ultra-wide camera with macro photography capabilities, you won't find a telephoto lens for portraits in the near future. There is also a slower maximum charging speed, which should be taken into account.

However, none of this completely breaks the deal, and if you're not too anxious to have the best of everything, the iPhone 13 is still an excellent flagship smartphone at an attractive price point.

Read our full Apple iPhone 13 review

4 iPhone 13 mini

iPhone 13 mini

If the iPhone 13's 6.1-inch screen is a bit big because you like it, the iPhone 13 mini is the iPhone for you.

The A15 Bionic, complete with Apple's Super Retina XDR display (though smaller at 5.4 inches) and improved basic and ultra-wide lenses, offers the same iPhone experience as the standard model, supporting OIS as a higher-quality touch change. models. , but in a smaller form factor.

The iPhone 13 mini is a great one-handed iPhone, but the smaller screen means it's not optimal for watching YouTube videos and movies on Netflix.

The smaller size means that while the battery life is better than the 12 Mini, it generally cannot compete with larger models. It also suffers from the same indoor 12W MagSafe load compared to the 15W in the other series.

Read our full Apple iPhone 13 mini review

5 iPhone 12

iPhone 12

The iPhone 12 is our favorite among all the iPhone 12 series, and the reduction of the iPhone 13 after its release is now even more attractive.

The iPhone 12 not only has an updated angle of view reminiscent of the iPhone 5, but also has the same Super Retina XDR OLED display technology as the iPhone 12 Pro series and offers significant improvements over the iPhone 11.

In the center of the iPhone 12 you will find Apple's A14 Bionic. It already offers significant improvements over the capable A13 Bionic, and our benchmark results support that. Despite being one year old, it is still one of the most powerful smartphones on the market.

You can't get the triple lens design of Pro models without a 2x telephoto lens, but you get a 12Mp wide sensor with low light performance and it stays as good as it gets ultra-wide. You can access the same Dolby Vision HDR video recording technology as the iPhone 11. Pro models, although limited to 30 frames / s.

You'll get better battery life, faster performance, and camera improvements with the iPhone 13, but now it's easier than ever to justify an update as the iPhone 12's price drops.

Read our full Apple iPhone 12 review

6 iPhone 12 mini

iPhone 12 mini

If you've given up on the iPhone 12's giant screens, the iPhone 12 mini is likely to be the model for you. With a 5.4-inch screen, it may not look very small, but thanks to its frameless design, it is actually slightly smaller than the iPhone SE. Smaller design, more screen space - what do you dislike?

Aside from the size, it is almost the same as the iPhone 12 with the same Super Retina XDR OLED display technology, A14 Bionic processor, dual camera setup, 5G connection and support for MagSafe accessories, but the wireless charging speed is reduced to 12 W.

It's also the cheapest version of the iPhone 12, as the iPhone 13 series is here and makes a deal for those looking for a small-screen iPhone.

Read our full iPhone 12 mini review

7 iPhone 11

iPhone 11

There was no need to rewrite the iPhone 11's smartphone rules book to win - it simply had to boost the Xr's success, and that's exactly what it did.

The standard iPhone 11 has a beautiful glass back design and comes with various finishing options. Face ID is faster than ever, and the niche telephoto lenses of the iPhone XS series have been replaced by more useful ultra-wide-angle lenses.

Unlike the iPhone 12, the 6.1-inch screen isn't OLED, but it still offers a good experience, and performance with the same A13 chipset as the 11 Pro series is at its highest here - even when playing demanding games like Oceanhorn 2.

Read our full Apple iPhone 11 review

8 iPhone SE (2022)

iPhone SE

The iPhone SE is a phone dedicated to working on form, prioritizing performance and camera features over design or aesthetics to enter the budget market. With the A13 Bionic and a single 12Mp rear snap, the iPhone SE delivers advanced performance at about half the price and is a huge success.

However, the focus on design makes it a very different iPhone from Apple, and there are a few disappointing elements, including a fairly budget 720p LCD screen and outdated design. But the biggest disappointment is the battery life - if you need the iPhone's small form factor, be prepared to carry a battery pack with you all day.

Again, if you want a reliable camera, fast performance and years of warranty iOS updates without breaking the bank, this iPhone is for you.

Read our full Apple iPhone SE (2022) review

It should be noted that older models, including iPhone 12 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max and even iPhone X, are still available in third-party retailers that want to replace the remaining stock.

Foldable iPhone release date design and patent rumors

Foldable iPhone release date design and patent rumors

Foldable devices look like the future of smartphones. Manufacturers such as Motorola, Samsung and Huawei have launched smartphones with folding screens, and more are expected in the coming months.

The appeal of the concept is easy to see - you can use the standard iPhone screen when you're outside, and when you want to play any game or read an article, "turn on" the iPhone and increase the screen size. screen size. iPad Mini - a concept similar to the high-end Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3

Alternatively, Apple can follow the same route as the Motorola Razr and Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 3 and halve the screen size of the smartphone when not in use.

There have been many rumors over the years, some dating back to 2016, indicating that Apple was actively looking for a flexible OLED manufacturer to produce panels for foldable iPhones, and a 2019 report suggested that Apple was in the testing phase.

Over the years, many patent applications have also been filed, and John Prosser, who escaped the leak, shared a few details on what to expect from a foldable iPhone and suggested that something was on the way with Apple - more on that later.

Aside from rumors, there are currently a number of issues with folding smartphones, such as price, durability and quality. Most likely, Apple is working behind closed doors on these issues, and it is likely that Apple will not whisper about the foldable iPhone until it approaches perfection.

This may mean that the device is still a few years old, but to be honest, it's worth the wait, isn't it? And until then, the idea of ​​the folding iPhone may not seem so much science fiction.

Apple iphone.

When will Apple introduce a foldable iPhone?

This is a million dollar question.

Bank of America analyst Merrill Lynch claimed that Apple is preparing to introduce a foldable phone in 2020, but of course this never happened. So when can we see the foldable iPhone debut?

A  Weibo leak in September 2020 claimed that Apple had ordered folding display prototypes from Samsung, but more recent rumors suggest that Apple has since parted ways with Samsung and is now working on a prototype display with LG.

As for specific dates, an internal source for the leaked John Prosser claims that Apple will not introduce the foldable iPhone until 2023, which is in line with the  predictions of investment firm EqualOcean and renowned Apple analyst Ming-Chi Kuo. .

Kuo claimed in January 2021 that if Apple could solve its "core technology and mass production problems," it would only start in 2023, but that "it hasn't started yet" and therefore plans could change.

However, despite Kuo's May 2021 follow-up note, which doubled its 2023 release date, the analyst revised its forecasts for the September 2021 note and suggested that the now-folding iPhone would not go on sale until the second half of 2024.

Mark Gurman from Bloomberg suggested that the foldable iPhone will not be released for another 2-3 years in 2021, which is in line with Kuo's forecast.

As for the screen leaks, Ross Young, a screen analyst with a flawless experience at the time of writing, also threw his hat in the ring. If you think that the "earliest" folding is not expected until 2023, the analyst initially thought there would be more releases in 2024, and that's bad, the updated forecast brings even worse news.

In a DSCC report, in late February 2022, Young  suggested that Apple's foldable plans be postponed until 2025 this time. It has been claimed that Apple does not want to continue Samsung's path and does not actually want to beta on the form factor with its fans. , but in true Apple style, launch only when the product is ready.

Since most of the signs pointing to the accumulation are still in the early stages of development, don't expect a release before 2023 that looks like a safer bet in 2024 or 2025.

If you can't wait that long, take a look at what we think is the best iPhone right now.

What will the foldable iPhone look like?

While many believe that Apple will follow the same path as the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 and Huawei Mate X2 and produce a folding iPhone like a book in the middle, the current rumors detail a few different possibilities.

Given the durability, noticeable wrinkles on the foldable screens, and common problems with overall coating quality, one of Apple's prototypes may actually be more meaningful.

Apple’s

In a series of tweets in June 2020, Jon Prosser explained that the foldable iPhone may not consist of a single flexible screen. Instead, the leak claims that the "foldable" iPhone prototype consists of two separate displays connected by a central hinge.

Given all the challenges associated with the durability and cost of flexible display technology, this could be a smart alternative.

However, a Bloomberg report for early 2021 shows that Apple, like Samsung and others, is developing a prototype of an invisible hinged folding display, one step ahead of the two-screen design detailed by Prosser in 2020.

This is reflected in Prosser's February 2021 report, which apparently no longer thinks that Apple is going the dual-screen route, and now shows that Apple is interested in developing something similar to Samsung's Galaxy Z Flip 3-cover form factor.

The leak didn't go into much detail other than saying that the company was considering "fun colors" for the iPhone, which can be folded according to the colorful iPhone 12 series, but it's too early for Apple to complete it. decisions regarding color schemes.

According to equalOcean, an investment research firm based in Canada, Apple is working on a single-screen folding display reminiscent of the iPad mini when opened. The company predicts that Apple will introduce a foldable iPhone with a screen size of between 7.3 and 7.6 inches when opened, and will be compatible with the Apple Pencil.

Considering that fragile screens are compared to standard glass smartphones, the stylus concept, which works on a foldable screen, may seem a bit too "extraneous", but it's a hallmark of the new Galaxy Z Fold 3 thanks to its soft, retractable stylus tip. So it is definitely possible.

Competitive analyst  Ming-Chi Kuo reports on the 8-inch open display, which is slightly larger than the May 2021 forecast. In fact, Kuo goes one step further than talking about size, claiming that it will have an 8-inch QHD + flexible OLED display, and claiming that TPK will have the silver nanotel touch solution used in the HomePod Mini due to a number of advantages over SDCs. Y-Octa technology ".

Kuo believes that the latter could create a "long-term competitive advantage" for Apple in the foldable market, as it is subject to multiple folding, rolling shape factors, and so on. which is a "superior" option for future devices.

Regardless of the final form factor,  industry sources suggest that LG is working with Apple on a prototype for a foldable display, although it is not yet known whether it will be produced by LG or Apple.

Patents

Patents

 Jon Prosser's bizarre claims about the dual-screen iPhone are backed by an Apple patent that was patented by Apple in less than a day. The patent describes a device consisting of two separate panels connected by a fabric hinge system.

This is not the first patent to describe a foldable iPhone. A separate patent for the "flexible display device" was issued in 2018 and is a continuation of the patents granted in 2016, 2014 and 2011. There is also a separate 2016 patent that describes "electronic device and includes: bending body" bending reading; and a screen in a body that bends around a torsion axis. ”

There is also an interesting patent filed in 2018, which describes a triple-fold smartphone that can be folded in different directions, unlike the existing folders. According to the patent application, the double screen can be bent backwards or folded inwards at both ends, giving the user the freedom to use the folding screen as they wish.

It could also allow Apple to produce a smartphone-sized foldable device that can be folded into something the size of an iPad, and it's very similar to the futuristic tablets used in Westworld. Then it is an interesting concept.

Oh, and let's not forget Apple's patent, which describes a way to avoid damaging screens when bent. The patent for "flexible electronic devices" suggests the possibility of damage in cold conditions, and offers a convenient solution - "the part of the screen that coincides with the bending axis can be heated automatically by light pixels."

Patently Apple

Another Patently Apple discovery demonstrates a new concept where a wrinkle does not fall below the middle of the screen, but when the device is folded, part of it remains open, acting as a second screen or acting as a row for notifications. whom. To the external screen of the Galaxy Z Flip.

Apple has also introduced patents detailing ways to avoid the problem of breaking folding screens. Such a patent describes a system that allows the screen to bend, not bend, to reduce the amount of pressure on the panel, and this is no different from the system found in the Galaxy Z Flip and Motorola Razr.

In July 2021 , a patent called "Electronics with Adjustable Screen Windows" provides details about an expandable display that can turn off the camera block (and possibly other Face ID components) when not in use. While not specifically for the foldable iPhone, the expandable display concept isn't far from what  Android competitors use to combat the wrinkles that are present in most current folding devices.

The latest patent gives us more information on what to expect from folding. The patent for "electronic devices with fiber composite friction hinges" gives us a look at a thin but durable hinge.

Although the technology can be used in laptops, The patent specifically refers to foldable screens. The patent description states that "an electronic device may have a flexible layer, such as a flexible screen, that overlaps the hinge structure."

Of course, it should be noted that Apple, like most technology companies, is always applying for patents, and this is not an indication of what we will see on the upcoming iPhone or iPad, but it gives us a good idea of ​​the innovation. avenues. What does Apple think

Renders and concepts

Of course, it would not be a futuristic product to exaggerate an equally strange concept or two. Here is a selection of our favorites found online

This render, courtesy of LetsGoDigital, showcases a design similar to that of the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 3

Foldable iPhone

And this by Roy Gilsing Den, on behalf of Foldable Phone News, demonstrates something similar to the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3.

iphone x fold
How much will the foldable iPhone cost?

This is a difficult question to answer, not only because we don't know much about what the foldable iPhone has to offer, but also because we don't know when the foldable iPhone will hit the market.

Currently, folding smartphones are priced higher, with the Galaxy Z Fold 3 selling for £ 1,599 / $ 1,799 and Huawei's Mate X2 selling for around $ 1,985 / $ 2,785, but as with all technologies, the price will drop. .

We are also in the dark about what Apple can plan. There are numerous patents indicating that a number of prototypes are under construction, and the proposed design and features will largely reflect the price tag. It could be one of the 'cheap' foldable devices like the £ 949 / $ 999 Galaxy Z Flip 3, or it could be one of the larger foldable devices with a larger price tag.

It is impossible to say at this point, but most likely it will be a premium product that meets the high price tag.

Google Pixel 7

Google Pixel 7 Specifications, price and features

2021 was a big year for Google's Pixel smartphones as chipsets switched from Qualcomm Snapdragon to Google's own Tensor chips.

So what will 2022 bring to the Pixel world? Here are a few things we want to see when the Pixel 7 arrives, along with all the news and rumors about the new devices.

What is the release date of Google Pixel 7?

Google has not yet confirmed that the Pixel 7 will be, but it seems likely when you consider the transition to new chips and the intense marketing campaign that currently promotes the Pixel 6 and Pixel 6 Pro.

Over the past few generations, Google has committed to launching in October for major Pixel devices with cheaper versions, such as the Pixel 4a and Pixel 5a 5G, in August. There was also the Pixel 4a 5G, which was released in November 2020 and somehow went a step further.

So, if Google stays true to this example, you should expect the new Pixel 7 phones to go on sale in October 2022 with the new Android 13 app.

That's exactly what  Jon Prosser has predicted adding that the 7 and 7 Pros will launch with the PixelWatch a few months after the upcoming Pixel 6a.

How much will the Google Pixel 7 cost?

To get an idea of cash, you'll need to buy the latest Google devices when they arrive, here are the latest generation prices.

  • Google Pixel 6: £ 599 / $ 599
  • Google Pixel 6 Pro: £ 849/899
  • Google Pixel 5: £ 599 / $ 699
  • Google Pixel 4: £ 669 / $ 799
  • Google Pixel 4XL: £ 829/899

As you can see, the standard Pixel looks priced at £ 599 / $ 599, while the Pro level, introduced in 2021, takes things a little further. While we could see the global shortage of chips and the increased production cost caused by Covid increase with the release of the Pixel 7 and Pixel 7 Pro, we would expect Google to maintain those prices. Fortunately, no.

What features will we see in Google Pixel 7?

Frankly, while the Pixel 6 and 6 Pro are still new enough to go on sale, there is very little specific information about what you will see in their successors.

Design

With the Pixel 6 and 6 Pro, Google has introduced a completely new design language for its smartphones. The Pixel 5's plastic body and more general aesthetics are gone, giving way to a premium structure and a bold look with a raised stripe on the back that acts as a body for the cameras.

We don't expect Google to try to reinvent the wheel with the Pixel 7 series, as most manufacturers want to maintain its consistent aesthetics for several generations, with Apple's iPhone being the most obvious example.

Not surprisingly, we saw this in the first images of the two phones that came with the permission of OnLeaks. The first is the regular Pixel 7, whose renderings are shared on the  CarHP website, and it features an incredibly similar design, albeit with a slightly tuned camera module that attaches directly to the phone's frame.

Google Pixel 7

The report adds that the phone will measure 155.6 x 73.1 x 8.7 mm - which makes it a bit smaller in each size, which is a nice change from the larger Pixel 6.

That week, OnLeaks shared the renderings of the 7 Pro, this time with SmartPrix. Here is a similar story, a small camera bar adjustments, but no other radical repairs

Google Pixel 7

The rough dimensions of 163 x 76.6 x 8.7 mm make it very close to the 6 Pro, but a bit thinner than usual.

Screen

The current Pixel 6 and 6 Pro have 6.4-inch AMOLED and 6.71 LTPO AMOLED displays, respectively. Both support HDR10 +, but the Pro version comes with a 120Hz refresh rate and higher resolution than its more budget siblings.

Google should have unique outlets for both levels, so we shouldn't be surprised to see these differences kept in the new models.

The OnLeaks report estimates that the 7 Pro could reduce screen size by 6.2 inches, while the 7 Pro will either stay the same or jump a little to 6.8 inches. We don't expect to see many other screen changes.

Screen industry expert Ross Young said something similar: the 6.3-inch screen drop for the 7, while the Pro remains the same 6.7-inch size. He adds that the Pro will reuse at least 120Hz LTPO AMOLED technology, although it is not clear whether we will see this decline return to normal 7.

We know that Google is working on selfie camera designs at the bottom of the screen. The company has so far filed at least two patents, the most recent of which we have included here. Discovered by  Lets Go Digital, this photo shows the same technology we see in similar cameras like the ZTE Axon 30 5G and the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3.

We do not expect Google to use this technology in the Pixel 7 series, and it is rumored that it will be more likely to appear on future phones such as the Pixel Fold or Pixel 8 and later models.

Second generation Google Tensor chips

One of the main points of discussion with the Pixel 6 and Pixel 6 Pro was its use of Google's special Tensor chips. Like Apple and Samsung, which use Series A and Quad chips in their flagships (although Samsung still uses Qualcomm Snapdragon chips), Google has taken a big step to control the design and production of processors installed in its devices. .

Such an investment is undoubtedly long-term, and 9to5Google has already provided information about a potential clue to the arrival of 2nd generation Tensor chips when it sees the code name "Cloudripper" associated with the GS201 model number, which could represent the new silicone. Sounds a bit complicated, but there are different codes that manufacturers use during product development, and 9to5Google's detective work is a sure sign that the new Pixel will come with the latest versions of Tensor chips.

The same site has found more details since then; The code names Cheetah, Panther and Ravenclaw have been added to the Samsung modem, the Exynos Modem 5300, which will probably be used with the new Tensor chip.

9to5Google reports that Cheetah and Panther are referring to the Pixel 7 and 7 Pro with new big cat code names after previous generations used birds and fish. The third code name - Ravenclaw - is believed to be more than just a reference to Harry Potter. This is potentially a mix of the Pixel 6 Pro's code name "Raven" with the new device's cat paw theme, perhaps referring to a tester that uses a new Tensor 2 chip inside the Pixel 6 Pro.

No criteria have been set for any of these devices yet, so we don't know how they will be compared to their 2nd generation predecessors, but we expect Google to work on energy efficiency and performance improvements, as with any iteration. processors.

Pixel 7

Camera

The first leaked images confirm the report we saw from Mishaal Rahman on the XDA Developers website that the Pixel 7 will be equipped with only two rear cameras. The code that Google analyzed for the Camera app shortly before the release of the Pixel 6 devices suggests that the 2022 Pixel will most likely have an ultra-wide camera like the Pixel 6 and 6 Pro, but with a telephoto camera.

This is the same as the Pixel 6 with a telephoto reserved only for the Pro model, but in 2022 it looks a bit heavy compared to many potential competitors.

There's good reason to think that Rahman's code dive may not actually belong to the Pixel 7. First, although the Pixel 6 and 6 Pro have separate code names (Oriole and Raven), this phone is listed with only one (Pipit). This is a name that other sources associate with a Pixel foldable phone instead of 7, so this may be a hint of the phone's camera features. Again, we were surprised to see a telephoto lens at the base of the Pixel 7 at this point.

What we want to see in Google Pixel 7

Although very little is known about the Pixel 7, we can take this opportunity to bring our containers to Google to beg and ask for a little more than we got with the Pixel 6.

One of the main improvements we want to see is the reduction in the size of the Pixel 6. At 207 g, it is a heavy animal, so weight loss will make the whole experience more enjoyable for the user.

The lack of a third camera on the standard Pixel 7 is a bit overlooked at this price point when competing with other phones' triple and even quad camera configurations, so we hope Google raises the stakes a bit. with the new model.

In our review of Google Pixel 6, we saw very good battery life, the only downside is the slow 30 W charging capabilities, which rarely reach these speeds. This can be done by increasing the speed types that are common on Chinese devices that can charge from 0% to 100% in less than 30 minutes.

The Pixel 6 and 6 Pro were excellent interpretations of the pure Google smartphone, so we're excited to see what happens in 2022 when the new versions are released. We will continue to update this article as more news arrives, so check back regularly. Until then, you can read our summary of the best news phones coming in 2022.

Everything you need to know about the flagship iPhone 14 2022

Everything you need to know about the flagship iPhone 14 2022

The iPhone 13 came out just a few months ago, but that doesn't mean Apple isn't working behind closed doors on the iPhone 14 - and given the surprising number of early leaks, we already know what the company is up to. Can plan the 2022 flagship series

In fact, if the rumors are true, it could be a more interesting upgrade than the one offered on the iPhone 13, with current rumors pointing to a potential redesign, the removal of the Face ID hook, and a massively improved camera design.

With that in mind, we describe in detail everything we need to know about the iPhone 14 right now, including what Apple expects from the 2022 flagship iPhone series, with the latest leaks and rumors, release dates and price forecasts.

When will the iPhone 14 be released date?

Apple only officially unveiled the iPhone 13 in September, so we're still a long way from launching the next-generation iPhone 14.

While this is not a strong rumor at the moment, iPhone releases are due in September, with the exception of 2020, which is in the middle of a pandemic.

We'll update this section when we hear more, so check back often for the latest details, and if you can't wait that long, take a look at our iPhone purchase guide.

Everything you need to know about the flagship iPhone 14 2022

How much will the iPhone 14 Price?

It is too early to make any specific price predictions, but the good news is that this year's iPhone 13 series will come at the same price as its 2022 chip shortage, even if it increases the price Apple has to pay. for components. predecessor

While that doesn't mean we expect the same from this year's models, it's a sign that Apple is doing its best to keep the iPhone at current prices.

For reference, the current iPhone range costs

  • iPhone 13 Pro Max - £1,099/$1,099
  • iPhone 13 Pro - £999/$999
  • iPhone 13 - £799/$799
  • iPhone 13 Mini - £699/$699
  • iPhone 11 - £599/$599
  • iPhone XR - £499/$499
  • iPhone SE - £399/$399 
What to expect from the iPhone 14 series?

While it's potentially long enough to launch, we have a rough idea of what the iPhone 14 has to offer, and if the current rumors are to be believed, it will be an interesting idea.

Goodbye Mini, hello Max

We all knew it would come; After weak iPhone 12 mini sales and very similar expectations with the iPhone 13 mini, Ming-Chi Kuo suggests that Apple will officially end the line in 2022.

Instead, the company will offer 6.1 and 6.7-inch versions of both the base and Pro models; This means that we can see the presentation of the new iPhone 14 Max together with the iPhone 14 Pro Max.

Elec goes so far as to claim that the iPhone 14 Max can offer the same 120Hz refresh rate as the Pro series, but that depends on production costs and availability.

Recently, a 9to5Mac source also confirmed that the Mini is actually dead, with the internal code name D28 being replaced by the iPhone 14 Max - although there is no word on the possibility of ProMotion support.

Processed form factor

Our first look at the iPhone 14 comes 14 days before the launch of the iPhone 13, in September 2021, with the permission of the famous Apple leaker John Prosser, who posted a complete set of photos and a YouTube video depicting the iPhone line. Prosser claims to have seen it. He worked with rendering artist Ian Zelbo to showcase images and an updated design of the iPhone 14 Pro Max prototype.

According to Prosser and Renders, the iPhone 14 series can eliminate the impact of the camera and increase the overall thickness of the smartphone set by offering a straight tripod camera on the back.

This brings the design closer to a merger between the iPhone 12 and the iPhone 4 - a stronger comparison with the addition of circular sound controls that have not been seen in the range since the iPhone 4 era.

iPhone 14

This is also the first iPhone where the glass sits on the antenna tapes instead of sticking out of the edges of the phone.

According to Prosser, this chassis will be made of titanium - we have already heard this from analysts at JP Morgan Chase.

Although the renderings show different colors, these colors were chosen by Prosser and his team to demonstrate the design. He insists the photos he sees belong to the golden iPhone 14 Pro Max, but suggests that the shade may change as soon as production begins this year.

However, recent reports indicate that a more familiar chassis, mostly featuring the iPhone 13 series, is on the way.

Leaked CAD images of the iPhone 14 Pro were shared from industry sources in March 2021 via  91Mobiles Renders show a redesigned Face ID notch on the front (discussed in more detail below), and the rest of the case looks the same as the iPhone 13 Pro.

Days later, leaky Max Weinbach posted pictures of the alleged iPhone 14 Pro schematics on Twitter, giving more context to the leaked CAD images published the day before.

iPhone 14

According to the diagrams, we should expect a slightly larger camera shot - but still smaller than the 13 Pro Max - with minimal changes to the chassis, 0.1 mm shorter and slightly thinner than before.

While the changes are minimal, it does mean that the iPhone 13 Pro case will not be compatible with the 14 Pro - but we'll have to wait until it's launched to make sure.

No more Face ID slots

In March 2021, Apple analyst Ming-Chi Kuo published forecasts for not only the iPhone 13, but also the iPhone 14 - but not specifically the 14, but the 2022 as the iPhone.

In a note to investors, the analyst suggested that some iPhone 14 models could cover the location of Face ID smartphones. It's available on every iPhone since the iPhone X, and although Apple has reduced the unit on the iPhone 13 by 20%, it doesn't seem to be complete yet.

According to Kuo, the Pro models will retain full Face ID functionality, instead offering an intersection with "drums" that provide an almost full-screen viewing experience for the front camera. The analyst then doubled the claim in late September 2021, suggesting that the Pro models would be separated from the notch for a single-hole camera.

iPhone 14

It was later funded by the famous John Prosser, who described the opening of a hole in the center, showing a series of images allegedly "iPhone 14 Pro Max" a few days before the launch of the iPhone 13.

Mark Gurman of Bloomberg also appears to think that Apple will step down for the perforated camera in 2022, suggesting that a 'complete redesign' is on the way, and that Elec's unnamed industry sources are also pointing to a hole.

But you might think it's a round hole, but the leak shows the opposite. Leaker @dylandkt claims it will be "in pill form" instead, and although it won't go into further detail, it will be as close to a dual front-facing camera device as the Samsung Galaxy S10 Plus.

Not to mention the second camera, the extra space will most likely be used for Face ID smartphones that are not affected by the distance from the notch.

What about the combination of the two? Screen analyst Ross Young believes so. An analyst on Twitter - with a 100% history - predicts a combination of circular bumps and pill-shaped cuts on the front of the iPhone 14 Pro and Pro Max. The leaker appeared in a tweet, even though he looked upside down - allegedly a pill-shaped cut on the left, a circular hole on the right

The young man also claims (in an already deleted tweet) that the hole will have a Face ID dot projector, and the tablet hole will have at least a front camera and a Face ID infrared camera.

9to5Mac sources suggest that the iPhone 14 Pro series may be slightly longer than previous iPhones to accommodate pill-shaped cuts.

The hole + pill combination has also appeared in previously mentioned leaked CAD renderings and schemes, indicating that Apple has decided to break a really pretty weird camera.

Twitter leak @MauriQHD has a slightly different approach; The leak suggests it won't have a notched or perforated camera, but it will have a full front camera on all four sides and a slightly thicker frame to accommodate Face ID technology.

ProMotion may still be exclusive to Pro

One of the key new features of the iPhone 13 Pro and 13 Pro Max is the 120Hz ProMotion display, which offers smooth animations compared to the 60Hz display of the iPhone 13 and iPhone 13 Mini.

Some had hoped that the improved technology would move to the rest of the line with the iPhone 14, as it did with the Sensor-Shift OIS, which was exclusive to the iPhone 12 Pro Max before the iPhone 13 series. Unlike The Elec offers.

According to unnamed supply chain sources, South Korea claims that 120Hz LTPO (Low Temperature Polycrystalline Oxide) OLED panels will be exclusive to Pro models, while standard models will use the same 60Hz LTPS (Low Temperature Polycrystalline Silicon) OLED panels. 13 range.

However, analyst Jeff Pu's forecast for the beginning of 2022 falls short of The Elec's claim. Instead, the analyst suggests that the entire iPhone 14 series will have a refresh rate of 120 Hz, although it has a less established history than other analysts, but it's worth taking a pinch of salt.

Camera upgrades

As for the annual iPhone update, the camera improvements are almost obvious, but the iPhone 14 Pro series is said to host something special; New 1 / 1.3-inch 48 Mp CMOS image sensor for basic wide-angle lens. More impressive, the new sensor can offer hybrid operating modes to improve pixel size and light collection capabilities.

"The new 2H22 iPhone can support 48MP output and 12MP (four-cell collection output mode) output at the same time," Kuo said. Pixel aggregation (also known as pixel grouping) to improve quality is not a new concept for Android users, but it will be a first for the iPhone.

That's not all. Kuo claims that with the 12MP output, the new 2H22 iPhone's CIS pixel size has increased to about 2.5um, which is significantly larger than the iPhone 12 and iPhone 13 and is larger than existing Android phones and close to the DSC level. " For reference, the iPhone 13 measures up to 1.7 um pixels, while the Pro series measures up to 1.9 um.

In addition to the improved image quality, Kuo believes that it will be able to capture 8K video, which is a big leap from the current 4K, although it does not disclose potential frame rates in detail.

Kuo reiterated this claim in late September, arguing that the changes would be exclusive to the "two high-end models."

The idea of ​​a 48Mp snapper with 8K video capabilities has been supported by analysts at Haitong International Securities and more recently by TrendForce analysts, giving the claim more credibility.

iPhone 14

4nm chipset

At the heart of the iPhone 13, Apple's A15 Bionic is equipped with an improved 5nm process that offers efficiency and power improvements over the 5nm A14 Bionic - but the changes aren't as dramatic as the A14 Bionic.

However, according to TrendForce analysts, this will change with the iPhone 14.

The forecast, released in late 2020, claims that Apple's 2022 iPhone series will probably be equipped with a 4nm processor called the A16 Bionic, manufactured by TSMC.

The narrower width of the installation will allow for more significant improvements in performance and efficiency, which should not go unnoticed for battery life - improvements that are pleasing to the entire iPhone experience.

This was confirmed by a report by The Information, citing engineers familiar with the matter. According to the report, TSMC is not ready to ship smaller 3nm chipsets with the iPhone 14, but is still expected to overtake its competitors.

According to the Korean  Naver blog, citing unnamed sources, it is claimed that this will be combined with the increased 8 GB of RAM in the Pro models. Given that Apple tends to increase its RAM offer every two years and has received improvements with the latest iPhone 12 Pro series, there may be some truth in the claim, and this is likely to apply to the standard model as well.

This is not the only source pointing to growth; Jeit Pu, an analyst at Haitong International Securities, also suggests that the iPhone 14 Pro series will have 8 GB of RAM.

Interestingly, the  9to5Mac report from March 2022 shows that Apple can split the chipset offer between standard and Pro models, only the iPhone 14 Pro series gets the latest A16 Bionic.

Rumor has it that the standard iPhone 14 series may support an improved version of the A15 Bionic found on the iPhone 13, which may have an additional GPU core compared to the current offer. It is possible that Apple will mark it as A15X, but this has not yet been confirmed.

Ming-Chi Kuo  tweeted that in mid-March 2022, the iPhone 14 and iPhone 14 will stick to the Max A15 chipset, adding more confidence to the idea. This will no doubt make the Pro models more "professional", something that Apple has been having trouble with in recent years.

The first iPhone with eSIM only

Believe it or not, Apple introduced the eSIM feature with the iPhone XS / XR in 2018, and every iPhone since then has this feature. For those who don't know, this is a digital SIM card that allows you to activate the plan without the need for a physical SIM card, and it works with more than 100 operators around the world - perfect for getting cheap data tariffs on vacation.

So far, this is an optional feature, but whispers indicate that only the iPhone with eSIM will go on sale later this year.

According to MacRumors, Apple has advised US operators to prepare for the launch of only eSIM smartphones by September 2022, and at least one iPhone 14 may not have a traditional nano-SIM tray.

However, analysts believe that this will not be a complete transition, although it is inevitable. GlobalData analyst Emma Mohr-McClune suggests that Apple will only offer the eSIM version of the iPhone 14 through its showcases and operators who want to support traditional nano-SIM options, so don't throw away these SIM cards just yet.

What do you expect most with iPhone 14? Let us know on  Twitter

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4 Everything we know so far is here

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4

Samsung has been one of the leading lights in the recent advent of folding screens.

It currently has two options in this category: the Galaxy Z Flip, which, as its name suggests, is a classic flip phone. The Galaxy Z Fold has a vertical hinge that you can open like a book.

Recently, new rumors have begun to emerge about the improvements we have seen. That's all we know about the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4 so far.

When will the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4 be released?

Although rumors say this is true, Samsung has not even acknowledged the existence of the Galaxy Z Fold 4.

Thus, we do not have any official information about the device, including its release date.

However, we have seen news that the new Fold will follow the example of previous models. This means that we should see the Galaxy Z Fold 4 in late August or early September 2022 - almost in conjunction with the Galaxy Z Flip 4.

To illustrate this, the ranking of previous models is as follows:

  • Samsung Galaxy Z Fold – September 2019
  • Galaxy Z Fold 2 – September 2020
  • Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 – August 2021

How much will the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4 cost?

As for foldable products, prices have been somewhat volatile. Most have started in significant quantities thanks to the incredibly innovative technology needed to make a folding screen possible.

As technology improved and processes improved, this led to a reduction in final costs for consumers. Of course, these are still high-end devices, and they are priced according to the situation.

To see how expensive the Galaxy Z Fold 4 is, you can find a review of previous models here.

  • Galaxy Z Fold – £1,900/€1,949/$1,980
  • Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 2 – £1,799/€1,899/$1,999
  • Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 – £1,599/€1,799/$1,799

Apparently, there is a downward trend and it is expected to continue. Ross Young, an industry expert, said that Samsung has doubled production of the Z Fold 4 and Z Flip 4 for July (compared to the production of third-generation models in 2021). price reduction ”.

Will it be Z Fold 4 or just Fold 4?

An interesting wrinkle this year could change Samsung's naming convention. The company removed the letter "Z" from the names of its folding models in certain markets without explanation - some believe it could be a response to Russia's aggression against Ukraine, and sometimes to the "Z" symbol used by the Russian armed forces. .

In any case, there are clear assumptions that the company could completely abandon the letter 'Z' and call the next generation foldable Galaxy Fold 4. There is very little material evidence that any rebranding is on track worldwide.

What will be the features of Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 4?

You've probably guessed that no one but Samsung knows the exact features of the Fold 4. the second half of next year.

Key Features

In terms of chipset, there is a good chance that the Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 processor will move towards Fold 4, although both The Galox and Ice Universe actually predict that it will adopt the rumored 8 Gen 1+ instead, which will probably be announced later il.

Display

As for the folding screens, TheElec's report adds small notes to the phone's screens that they will remain at least the same size: 7.56 inches for the main screen and 6.19 inches for the external screen - 0.01 inches each. corresponding Z-Fold 3 screens. This was especially supported by Ross Young, a display expert who repeated the 6.19-inch external display estimates compared to the Fold 4's approaching Pixel foldable.

Although there may be a more subtle development here. Both TheGalox and yeux1122 state that the Z Fold 4 will feature an improved Ultra Fine Glass (UTG) on a folding screen. This will be a "big improvement" over the Galox and will have "improved rigidity and quality" compared to yeux1122, but the two do not agree on potential branding - Armor UTG or Super UTG.

Design

yeux1122 gave a separate account of a number of expected changes to the future model, including work on improving the hinge mechanism in the new Fold 4, a key design feature as you can imagine. Depending on how the upgrades go, it will result in a lighter chassis.

The good news is that, as we have seen in the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3, although the design has improved compared to previous versions, it is still a heavy and bulky device, so losing a few grams can go a long way to addressing this concern. can. .

TheElec report above says that Samsung is working to add an S Pen slot to the chassis of the Z Fold 4, as it did with the Galaxy S22 Ultra this year. This probably means that the stylus will come with the phone as standard.

Others say Samsung is moved by the idea. IceUniverse tweeted that the phone will not have an "internal S Pen", but will be "slightly smaller and thinner". It seems that Samsung is having a hard time inserting the stylus without making the phone as bulky as a whole, so it may still be an extra addition.

Rumor has it that Samsung will add enhanced dustproofing; This is again something that seems very important given the grinding that gravel and sand can bring to this hinge mechanism.

Cameras

Another critique of the Fold 3 was its camera under a weak screen. Yes, this means that you do not need a hole or notch, but if the results are unsatisfactory, it is of little use.

This means that we are a little worried about the rumors that the camera at the bottom of the screen will not only be inside, as in the Fold 3, but will also appear on the outside screen. We hope that Samsung has mastered this technique, because the results in Fold 3 were terrible.

However, the leakers agree that Samsung will try to improve the camera experience elsewhere in any case.

technoprices.com also notes an improved camera experience in the Galaxy Z Fold 4, but there are no details on how it compares to the OIS 12Mp f / 1.8 main camera, 12Mp f / 2.2 ultra wide camera and 12Mp f array. /2.4 telephoto camera with OIS + 2x optical magnification.

GalaxyClub has a little more detail and announces that the Z Fold 4 will receive a 10Mp 3x optical magnification sensor found in the S22 series. This is a slight reduction in the Z Fold 3's telephoto, but with higher magnification levels and other improvements, it's an improvement otherwise. The site also states that the phone will stick to a selfie camera with a 10MP cover.

The 3x magnification sensor may not be the only sensor from the S22 series. Dohyun Kim, who has been leaking since then, assumed that the Fold 4 would use a 108MP main camera, prompting his leaking colleague Chun to warn that the entire rear camera series would be the same as those found on the S22 Ultra - but it could happen. about. except for the periscope camera where the phone can fall along the way.

If so, that means a 108Mp main camera with a 1/1.33-inch ISOCELL HM3 sensor, the 10Mp 3x magnification mentioned above, and 12Mp ultra-wide.

Battery

The battery doesn’t seem to be getting any kind of boost in the Fold 4, which is a shame. GalaxyClub dug through a SafetyKorea battery certification to discover that the two cells in the Fold 4 (one for each side of the hinge) will have a combined rated capacity of 4270mAh - almost identical to the 4275mAh rated capacity of the Fold 3. That means that the advertised typical capacity will almost certainly be the same 4400mAh as the previous phone.

SAMSUNG GALAXY Z FOLD 4 5G

SPECIFICATIONS

Key Specs

RAM12 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 888 Plus
Rear Camera12 MP + 12 MP + 12 MP
Front Camera10 MP
Battery4500 mAh
Display7.6 inches

 General

Launch Date 2022
Operating SystemAndroid v11
Custom UISamsung One UI

 Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 888 Plus
CPUOcta core (3 GHz, Single core, Kryo 680 + 2.42 GHz, Tri core, Kryo 680 + 1.8 GHz, Quad core, Kryo 680)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication5 nm
GraphicsAdreno 660
RAM12 GB

 Display

Display TypeDynamic AMOLED
Screen Size7.6 inches (19.3 cm)
Resolution1768 x 2208 pixels
Aspect Ratio22.5:18
Pixel Density372 ppi
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass, Glass Victus
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch

 Camera

MAIN CAMERA
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution12 MP, Wide Angle, Primary Camera
12 MP, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera
12 MP , Telephoto Camera
AutofocusYes
OISYes
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution4000 x 3000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera FeaturesDigital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
FRONT CAMERA
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution10 MP, Wide Angle, Primary Camera

 Battery

Capacity4500 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Wireless ChargingYes
Quick ChargingYes, Fast, 33W
USB Type-CYes

 Storage

Internal Memory256 GB
Expandable MemoryNo

 Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2300(band 40)
FD-LTE 1800(band 3)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2300(band 40)
FD-LTE 1800(band 3)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, b/g/n
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS
NFCYes
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

 Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio JackUSB Type-C

 Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionSide
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

Disclaimer

The price & specs shown may be different from actual. Please confirm on the retailer site before purchasing.

What we want to see Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4

What we want to see Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4

Folding smartphones have been making big waves in the last few years, and Samsung's Galaxy Z Flip is one of our favorites.

Now it seems that the Korean giant is already working hard for the next model, which we hope to come in 2022. This is what we know about Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4 so far.

When will the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4 be released?

There is no official information about the Flip 4 from Samsung yet, but we have seen some rumors about possible dates, and we can look at previous models to give us an estimate.

Some news sites are referring to a Korean tech blogger who said on the country's social media site  Naver that the new model will follow the same release model as the previous models.

If we look at previous versions of the Galaxy Z Flip, there is no model.

Most likely, the leaker is referring to the release date of Flip 3 in particular. This is particularly convincing, as Ross Young, a screen industry expert, said Samsung will begin shipping display panels for the Flip 4 in April. This marks the same month that the company began shipping Flip 3 on the same schedule last year. Interestingly, Samsung ordered 8.7 million panels out of 5.1 million last year, which it expects to sell more Flips this time around.

One tip seems to be that Samsung has adapted the Flip to launch with the Z Fold models. Flip therefore moved from 1 to 3, as it had to accompany the naming and numbering convention with Fold, which was released before the last Flip.

As of its launch in 2019, the Galaxy Z Fold will usually go on sale in September or late August, as in the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3. Based on this, it seems quite reasonable to assume that the Galaxy Z Flip 4 (and Z Fold 4) will go on sale in August / September 2022.

How much will the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4 cost?

Again, we don't have confirmed details about the new Flip, so we'll have to look at previous prices for guidance. That's how much they cost in the beginning

This drop in prices between the first and second generations is most likely due to lower production costs. As with any first generation product, you usually pay a premium for having the latest technology.

Therefore, we recommend waiting for the second or third version, as it not only allows companies to solve problems, but also saves some money. It seems unlikely that Samsung will lower the price even further, as it is certainly one of the flagship phones these days, which is usually priced at £ 1,000 / € 1,000 / $ 1,000.

Will it be Z Flip 4 or Flip 4?

An interesting wrinkle this year could change Samsung's naming convention. The company has removed the letter "Z" from the names of its folding models in some markets without explanation - some believe it could be a response to Russia's aggression against Ukraine, the "Z" symbol is sometimes used by the Russian armed forces.

In any case, there are speculations that the company may completely abandon the letter "Z" and release a new generation of foldable Galaxy Flip 4. There is very little material evidence that any rebranding is on track worldwide

What new features will we see in the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4?

Frankly, we are now in the realm of speculation and rumors, which we hope will soon collapse with the news from Samsung.

As mentioned above, a Korean tech leak spread rumors from various outlets, including the Hindustan Times and Slash Gear, reflecting some potential improvements to the Flip 4.

These include a lighter structure for the chassis while maintaining the same dimensions. This will be supported by an improved hinge, which is good news as it remains one of the potential weaknesses of any flap design - and this is one of the few areas where the Z Flip 3 is behind the latest Huawei P50 Pocket.

Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 3 has seen the introduction of IPX8 water resistance, but rumors are talking about improvements in this regard. We can only assume that this applies to dust permeability that is not present in Flip 3.

GSMArena said that Samsung will include a selfie camera at the bottom of the screen, but many prototypes are in active development, and some still have a hole camera aperture. This shows that Samsung is still testing the capabilities of the old approach and checking whether it is ready for prime-time.

Leaked chunvn8888 believes that the company has decided against the camera at the bottom of the screen, but adds that Samsung is considering switching to a triple rear camera this time. However, he warns that "quality [sic] will not increase sharply."

At the same time, this is the only leak that predicts a 10-20% increase in battery capacity, while other forecasters claim that the battery will remain the same size as the Flip 3. If the chassis retains its current dimensions, this makes sense. , but the battery life on the Flip 3 isn't amazing at all, so if you're a heavy user, you need to know where your charger is.

According to the Korean website Elec, Samsung does not change the screens much, or at least does not change the size. The site says that the internal folding screen will again be 6.7 inches, and the external screen will increase slightly from 1.83 inches to 1.9 inches. Chun guesses the same thing on the outside screen, but says it could be bigger than 2 inches.

The Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 processor installed in this device may be upgraded to the new Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, but in fact, as two leaks predicted, it looks more likely that the Flip 4 will use the upcoming 8 Gen 1+: Galox and  Ice Universe. 8 GB of memory and 128/256 GB of memory options will most likely remain the same.

It is too early, many of these rumors may change with the development of the device. We'll update this article as more information becomes available, so be sure to check back to see what Samsung has to offer.

Until then, take a look at our guide to the best phones to come out in 2022.

Huawei Mate 50 Full phone features

Huawei Mate 50 Full Phone Features

There are rumors that Huawei is preparing for a new version of the popular smartphone series Mate Mate 50. This is despite the fact that the latest P-series phones were released only after a widespread path.

However, we have collected the latest news and rumors about the Huawei Mate 50 series, including whether it is possible and when it will go on sale.

When will the Huawei p50 be released?

Huawei has seen some cuts in its presentation schedule in 2021 and 2022. The long-awaited P50 Pro was expected to be announced in the spring of last year, but after numerous delays, it did not go on sale in China until August 2021 and reached the international level. significantly later, in January 2022.

This led several news outlets to report that the Mate 50 could be completely dismantled, in part due to a global chip shortage, as well as an ongoing war between the Chinese company and the US government. Others said it was just too late and that it would come at some point in 2022.

A silver lining that believes in this theory (as noted by IThome) is that Huawei Consumer Business Group Vice President for Strategic Marketing Li Changzhou answered a fan who asked about the Mate 50 line. presentation of the company's Spring Smart Office on February 27, 2022.

"Mate 50 is coming, but not now. There are many other good products worth paying attention to right now," Li said, translating from Chinese. While this statement is not completely reset while we wait for the presentation of the Mate 50, we know that we can wait for at least one point.

Typically, the Mate series is introduced in September or a little later, with the last two generations debuting in the fall.

  • Mate 40: November 2020
  • Mate 30: September 2019

ITHome had previously suggested that Huawei could plan a release in the first quarter of 2022, but the days leading up to March are already shortening and there are no other signs of an imminent release; Many are speculating that the Mate 50 series will be the end of the year, with more H2 to come.

Like the P50 Pro, its first release is likely to be available only in China, or at least in China.

How much will the Huawei Mate 50 cost?

There is no official price yet, we will have to look at the last generation for some tips.

Huawei offers three versions of the Mate 40 series: 40, 40 Pro and 40 Pro +, but not all are available in all regions. Due to a US ban, you cannot buy Huawei phones in North America unless you import them yourself. Therefore, taxes, customs duties, etc. For some reason, prices can be difficult to predict.

The only mobile phone available in the UK, Europe and Australia is the Mate 40 Pro, which will give you back the following amount.

  • Huawei Mate 40 Pro: £1,099/€1,199.99/AU$1,999

In China, as you would expect, the whole range is available at the following prices

  • Huawei Mate 40: ¥4,999 (approx. £574/US$780/€675)
  • Huawei Mate 40 Pro: ¥5,899 (approx. £677/$920/€796)
  • Huawei Mate 40 Pro+: ¥8,499 (approx. £975/$1,330/€1,147)

From this we can assume that the Huawei Mate 50 models can cost the following.

  • Huawei Mate 50: £799/US$1099/€939
  • Huawei Mate 50 Pro: £1,099/$1,500/€1199.99
  • Huawei Mate 50 Pro+: £1,299/$1,775/€1,499

What new features will we see in Huawei Mate 50 devices?

There is not much to say at this point because the Mate 50 is essentially legendary. However, we were still able to find a few rumors from other reporters who had an idea of ​​what you would see when the phones finally started.

GizmoChina says the Mate 50 series will run on the Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chipset, but under US government sanctions, Huawei is expected to offer only 4G instead of 5G like Snapdragon. The 888 4G powers the P50 Pro in most markets. The Mate 40 Pro offers 5G because Huawei uses its own Kirin 9000 processors.

Of course, it is not clear whether it will switch to Qualcomm Snapdragon silicon for future generations. The company has already said it has set up its own plant to avoid relying on a third-party chip maker such as TSMC.

The bad news is that it will not be able to produce chips for phones for a while. According to an FT report, the company will begin production of 28 nm chips for IoT devices, indicating that it still has a long way to go before producing the 7 nm (and smaller) processors used in today's phones.

GizmoChina also says that its Mate 50 devices will feature LTPO displays that will be compatible with other new phones that will adopt the technology in 2022, such as the Galaxy S22 Ultra and Realme's GT 2 Pro. These panels are more energy efficient than existing panels, have potentially higher maximum brightness, and offer better variable refresh rates up to 120 Hz.

We've seen similar rumors from industry display veteran David Naranjo, who tweeted a list of phones expected to use LTPO panels in 2022.

Perhaps the strangest rumor from GizmoChina is that the Mate 50 will support text connection (SMS) for texts when normal mobile networks are not available. It sounds like a cracker to us, so you can take it with a big pinch of salt.

An interesting idea comes in the form of a concept video for the Huawei Mate 50 Pro, created by designer HoilNDI. He used various leaks and speculations about the upcoming model to bring together the excellent video, which features a triple camera section on the back of the new phone and two large circles that host an LED flash and a depth camera area.

It is not yet clear whether the Huawei Mate 50 will look like this, but we hope that it will not take long to learn.

One thing is for sure, until the Chinese company makes peace with the United States and regains access to the Google Play Store and all the apps there, it will be an excellent device that lags behind the lack of the best apps that most people use. (Outside China, ie).

Read our guide on the best smartphones to see what other devices the Huawei Mate 50 series should take.

Motorola Razr 3

Motorola Razr 3 Features Release Date Latest News

The Motorola Razr name has been around for many years, but in 2019 the company revived the classic flip phone with a folding screen.

The first model was followed by the 5G version in 2020, but we haven't heard much about a potential successor since then. Now one looks on the road, so what should we expect from the Motorola Razr 2022? This is all the news and rumors we have found so far

When will the next Motorola Razr be released?

After the first two generations of silence, there were some doubts that Motorola was abandoning the Razr models. However, Lenovo General Manager Chen Jin, who is in charge of Motorola's smartphones, recently shared the following statements on Weibo (translated from Chinese via Google Translate)

Once upon a time, on November 14, 2019, Motorola introduced the new Razr. As the industry's first vertical folding screen smartphone, it has once again led the industry's innovation.

Developed independently by the Lenovo Research Institute, the star orbital hinge technology was the only flawless and wrinkle-free hinge technology in the world at that time. I think innovation has always been the driving force of the industry.

We hope that we do not whistle, we take more measures, including the silent preparation for the third generation Razr foldable screen phone: better chip computing power, better human-machine interface and, of course, a more atmospheric look. This product, we are doing our part, will be the first product sold in the Chinese market! ”

Although we know that Motorola is currently working on a new generation Razr, at the time of writing there is no official release date. So we need to look at previous models to give us some tips. This is when they debuted

Frankly, we didn't see a new Razr in the fall of 2021, so Motorola will use a new release window, or it means that the new Razr will come at the same time as its predecessors, but with a two-year break. - How long will the expected Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 4 last?

How much will the Motorola Razr 2022 cost?

As of the release date, there is no official price for the Motorola Razr 2022, so let's start with the initial versions again. Here is the price when they are released

Motorola Razr – £1,499/$1,499/€1,599
Motorola Razr 5G – £1,399/$1,399/€1,499

The Motorola Razr was one of the first devices to have a folding display, and this can be seen in the amazing prices of the first two generations. These themselves can be compared to their Samsung Galaxy Z Flip counterparts, which started at such prices, but dropped to £ 949 / $ 999 / € 1,049 / € 84,999, which is more acceptable for the Samsung Galaxy Flip 3.

If Motorola wants the new Razr to be successful, it has to live up to those numbers, as Samsung has indeed left its mark on the new flip-phone space.

What about the 2022 Motorola Razr specification and design?

Almost nothing is known about the features of the new generation Motorola Razr. However, Chen Jin's above-mentioned article points to several things. It's about the "more advanced chip computing power" we expect from any new flagship device.

The Motorola Razr 5G is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 765 5G, a solid-state chip, but not the same as the 800 series, which has formed the basis of most premium devices over the past few years. Hopefully, Motorola will adopt the new Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 platform this year, or at least use last year's Snapdragon 888.

The 8th Gen 1 is what XDA Developers predicted in one of the first leaks for the device. Sources at the site say it will be combined with 6GB, 8GB or 12GB of RAM and 128GB, 256GB or 512GB of memory.

This second storage option was first confirmed by Lenovo's CEO Chen Jin in another post on Weibo. He said Motorola's sales of the 512GB S30 Champion Edition "exceeded our expectations", adding that "the next new product, including the new folding screen mobile phones, will be a 512GB version that will surprise everyone."

The same XDA Developers report says the main screen will be 6.7 inches - larger than the previous 6.2-inch panel - and is believed to be 120 Hz, Full HD + AMOLED. At the top of this screen will be a selfie camera with a small centered aperture, which is expected to be 32Mp.

The main rear camera will probably be combined with a 50Mp and 13Mp ultra wide lens.

Finally, while the details are not yet clear, you can expect a kind of external display to return, and support for both NFC and UWB - aka ultra-broadband, deployment technology that engages the Apple AirTag tracker, as well as smart features. home programs.

Another element mentioned in the Weibo article is the "better human-machine interface", which can mean a software experience. The Razr 5G was shipped with Android 10 using Motorola's usually clean and simple Android skin, so it was a good start. It is not yet clear whether Jin is talking about the potential use of Android 12 or the new Lenovo / Motorola version of this OS. Of course, we are at the mercy of translations here, so it can also refer to the physical design of the device.

Perhaps my favorite part of the post is Jin's latest development, which he concludes as a "more atmospheric look." We're not sure what that means, but if it's a great new design for the job, it would be nice, even if the Razr 5G is already a very nice device.

One external possibility is that Motorola plans to adopt a design that appears in a recent patent. The patented design, discovered by MySmartPrice, is for a folding flip phone to keep the screen out when the phone is closed.

This is similar to the hooded version of the first generation Huawei Mate X, which also folds to the side. Huawei (probably reasonably far) has moved away from this design, but only partially wants to have an outside screen with scratches and other damage. As surprising as this design may be, we hope it's not what Motorola used for the next Razr.

We will update this article as soon as more news arrives. Therefore, be sure to check it periodically. In the meantime, take a look at our guide to the best phones and the best phones to come in 2022 to see which models are worth your attention.

OnePlus 10 Ultra

OnePlus 10 Ultra is designed with great details

There are rumors from OnePlus about a new potentially best smartphone that brings a periscope camera and many flagship features. Everything we know about the OnePlus 10 Ultra so far

When will the OnePlus 10 Ultra be released?

Details about the OnePlus 10 Ultra are currently unserious, with only a few patent lists and the presence of several leaking devices.

As far as we can tell, Ultra sits on top of the OnePlus 10 Pro in the ranking of smartphones. Since the OnePlus 10 Pro has just been announced and approved for global launch in March 2022, it may take some time for us to see the Ultra version.

Typically, OnePlus releases new flagships every six months, so Ultra is not a different device level, but could make its debut in September 2022 if it succeeds the 10 Pro.

This is in line with our first leak regarding the release date, with Yogesh Brar referring to the "late 3rd quarter" release, which most likely means August or September.

How much will the OnePlus 10 Ultra cost?

Since this is a potentially new level in the OnePlus range, there is no information on the price tag that can be added. We can use the OnePlus 10 Pro as a guide, but the price of this model is as follows (according to the prices announced in China)

  • 8 + 128GB - 4.699 Yen (740 $ / 540 £ / 650 € / 56.699 Yen)
  • 8 + 256 GB - 4,999 Yen (785 $ / 575 Sterlin / 690 Avro / 60,299 Yen)
  • 12 + 256 GB - 5,299 Yen (830 $ / 610 £ / 730 / 63,999 Yen)
  • 12 + 512 GB - 5,799 Yen (915 $ / 670 £ / 805 € / 69,999 Yen)

On an ultra-more expensive device, it could go well above the price of £ 1,000 / $ 1,000 / € 1,000, which has become the norm for flagship smartphones in recent years.

What features and specs will we see in the OnePlus 10 Ultra?

You should take the details below with a pinch of salt, as OnePlus has not yet confirmed anything about the 10 Ultra, but we will update this article as more information becomes available. So far, these are the rumors about this mysterious new device.

periscope camera

In February, TechInsiderBlog tweeted details of a patent application filed by OnePlus for a device very similar to the OnePlus 10 Pro (which has since been discontinued).

The main difference was the more advanced camera system. While the placement on the top left of the rear panel is the same as the OnePlus 10 Pro and the two top cameras are the same, the bottom panel replaces the third camera and flash recessed camera and blank panel found in the 10 Pro. on the right.

Unlike the circle in Flash 10 Ultra, it turned into a small circular rectangle. It was moved to sit next to the dual camera above.

Fortunately, you don't have to imagine all this, because you can watch the patent application and photos online at Lets Go Digital. Usefully, graphic designer Jermaine Smith (aka Concept Creator) also published beautiful looking mock-ups.

  • OnePlus 10 Ultra may look like this

The current theory is that the built-in camera can be anything along the line of cameras equipped with 5x Zoom, which allows users to take remote pictures without losing quality, which you usually have to give up when using digital zoom.

Oppo, which debuted in the OnePlus Oppo Find X5 Pro, is expected to use the MariSilicon X Imaging NPU.

This was announced on Twitter by technology expert Yogesh Brar, who wrote about the new OnePlus flagship, which comes with Oppo technology installed in the second half of 2022.

Oppo says that for the first time on Android smartphones, 'high-quality 4K AI Night Video and live preview … Professional mode.'

If this is true, the OnePlus 10 Ultra may have some serious optics when it comes.

General features

With the exception of the cameras, most of the design and features will be the same as the OnePlus 10 Pro. The Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 SoC found in the Pro could be replaced by a newer version in the Ultra, but Qualcomm has not yet confirmed when the updated silicone will appear.

Here are the specifications of the OnePlus 10 Pro

OnePlus 10 Pro Specifications

Key Specs

RAM8 GB
ProcessorQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1
Rear Camera48 MP + 50 MP + 8 MP
Front Camera32 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.7 inches

General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIOxygen OS

Performance

ChipsetQualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1
CPUOcta core (3 GHz, Single core, Cortex X2 + 2.5 GHz, Tri core, Cortex A710 + 1.8 GHz, Quad core, Cortex A510)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication4 nm
GraphicsAdreno 730
RAM8 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR5

Display

Display TypeAMOLED
Screen Size6.7 inches (17.02 cm)
Resolution1440 x 3216 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density526 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)89.97 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass, Glass Victus
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Brightness1300 nits
HDR 10 / HDR+ supportYes, HDR 10+
Refresh Rate120 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)92.7 %

Design

Height163 mm Compare Size
Width73.9 mm
Thickness8.5 mm
Weight200.5 grams
Build MaterialBack: Gorilla Glass
ColoursBlack Out, All Things Green

Camera

Main Camera
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution48 MP f/1.8, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(23 mm focal length, 1.4" sensor size, 1.12µm pixel size)50 MP f/2.2, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera(14 mm focal length, 2.7" sensor size, 0.64µm pixel size)8 MP f/2.4, Telephoto Camera(77 mm focal length, 1µm pixel size)
SensorExmor-RS CMOS Sensor
AutofocusYes, Phase Detection autofocus
OISYes
FlashYes, Dual-color LED Flash
Image Resolution8000 x 6000 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera FeaturesDigital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording7680x4320 @ 24 fps
3840x2160 @ 30 fps
1920x1080 @ 60 fps
Video Recording FeaturesDual Video Recording
Front Camera
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution32 MP f/2.4, Wide Angle, Primary Camera(2.74" sensor size, 0.8µm pixel size)
SensorExmor RS
FlashYes, Screen flash
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps

Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-ion
RemovableNo
Wireless ChargingYes Charging Time: 47 minutes
Quick ChargingYes, Super Flash, 80W: 100 % in 32 minutes
USB Type-CYes

Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryNo
Storage TypeUFS 3.1
USB OTGYes

Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 700(band 17) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 800(band 20)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n/n 5GHz, MIMO
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
Wi-Fi CallingYes
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCYes
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

Multimedia

FM RadioNo
Stereo SpeakersYes
LoudspeakerYes
Audio JackUSB Type-C
Audio FeaturesDolby Atmos

Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

You can check this article regularly for the updates we found, and be sure to read our guidelines on the best phones and best Android phones in 2022 to see what competition the OnePlus 10 Ultra will face in the meantime. throws.

Realme GT Neo 3 Price Features Availability etc.

Realme GT Neo 3 Price Features Availability etc.

The much-anticipated Realme GT Neo 3 debuted in China as the first example of a phone on the market with an impressive 150W fast charging.

Realme, first mocked at the company's international launch of the company's GT 2 series flagship phones at MWC 2022, tried to shout about the Neo 3's head features, but did not elaborate on its design and accessories in the following weeks.

But less than a month later, the phone is here in all its glory; Fill in the picture that Realme first started painting in February. Here's everything you need to know about the Realme GT Neo 3

When will the Realme GT Neo 3 go on sale?

Realme officially unveiled the GT Neo 3 in China on Tuesday, March 22, although the timeline for the international release remains more uncertain.

Earlier, the company's CMO, Hu Qi Chase, shared a teaser poster for the phone on his Weibo account and said in the last line (translated from a Chinese car) "See you this month".

Prior to the release of the poster, Madhav Sheth confirmed to the Technical Advisor that the Neo 3 would arrive in the "first half of this year's H2" during a question-and-answer session following the international launch of the GT 2 and 2 Pro at MWC. "

It offered a release window between July and September 2022, with last year’s GT Neo 2 coming to China for the first time in September 2021; It will be open to international markets until mid-November. Meanwhile, the original GT Neo did not produce it outside of China, but went on sale in the region in late March 2021.

In light of all this, Seth's earlier statements may still sound true; potentially with an international release coming after June this year.]

Realme's official press release on the first presentation of the GT Neo 3 also reads: "The Realme GT Neo 3 will arrive in Europe very soon with a special surprise. Keep following us.

How much is the Realme GT Neo 3?

As the international release date has not yet been confirmed, we still have a number of Chinese prices covering not one, but two variants of the GT Neo 3: one with 150W and the other with a relatively modest 80W charge. (and a larger 5000 mAh battery).

Realme GT Neo 3 Chinese price (numbers in parentheses are not official, they have become a direct international price):

  • 6 GB RAM, 128 GB memory, 80 W charge = 1,999 CNY (£ 235 / € 285 / $ 315 5 / $ 23,915)
  • 8 GB RAM, 128 GB memory, 80 W charge = 2,299 yen (270 pounds / 330 euros / 360 dollars / 27,505 yen)
  • 12 GB RAM, 256 GB memory, 80 W charge = 2,599 Yen (£ 310/370/410 / $ 31,100)
  • 8 GB RAM, 256 GB memory, 150 W charge = 2,699 Yen (£ 320/385 € 5/425 / £ 32,290)
  • 12 GB RAM, 256 GB memory, 150 W charge = 2,899 Yen (£ 345/415 € 15/455 / ₹ 34,685)

In China, all six of the Neo 3's SKUs have only the Le Mans color scheme (blue), the Silverstone (white) has four colors, and the solid black model is offered against only three of the phone's SKUs.

For reference, the original GT Neo (Dimensity 1200, 6GB RAM and 128GB memory package) starts at just 1,799 yuan (about 210 pounds / 260 euros / $ 285 / $ 21,600 AU), while the base GT Neo 2 (with Snapdragon) is 8. 8 GB of RAM and 128 GB of memory) costs 2,499 yen (about 295 pounds / 355 euros / 355 euros / $ 30,000) in China and 449.99 euros in Europe.

If the same SKUs go abroad, using the GT 2 Pro's price increase of about 30% during the international presentation, the GT Neo 3 will start at around £ 310/370/410 / 31,285 INR, 80 W higher price for 6 GB of RAM. £ 455 / € 550 / $ 605 / $ / $ 45,920 for model and 12 GB RAM, 150 W variant

What features does the Realme GT Neo 3 offer?

Realme officially recognized the GT Neo 3 for the first time in the European presentation of the GT 2 series, but did not even show pictures of the device with only one physical demo on its stand with development equipment showing the phone's approaching 150W power. UltraDart signature. fills

A day later, the company confirmed that MediaTek's new Dimensity 8100 chipset will be in the center of the Neo 3. Dimensity 9000 is MediaTek's top-of-the-line Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, 8000 series (currently Dimensity 8000 and 8100) with an eight-core configuration consisting of four large Cortex-A78 cores and four small Cortex-A55 cords. , more It works on a large 5nm mold and is accompanied by a Mali-G610 MC6 based on the latest ARM technology. GPU architecture.

Between the two, the Dimensity 8100 supports higher CPU and GPU frequencies than the standard 8000, while the series as a whole offers support for the WiFi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 standards.

The phone's color groups are once again inspired by the car from which the series is named; Le Mans blue and Silverstone white have a dual race track design as opposed to white and black, respectively.

Realme GT Neo 3 5G Specifications

Key Specs

RAM6 GB
ProcessorMediaTek Dimensity 8100
Rear Camera50 MP + 8 MP + 2 MP
Front Camera16 MP
Battery5000 mAh
Display6.7 inches

General

Launch Date2022
Operating SystemAndroid v12
Custom UIRealme UI

Performance

ChipsetMediaTek Dimensity 8100
CPUOcta core (2.85 GHz, Quad core, Cortex A78 + 2 GHz, Quad core, Cortex A55)
Architecture64 bit
Fabrication5 nm
GraphicsMali-G610 MC6
RAM6 GB
RAM TypeLPDDR5

Display

Display TypeAMOLED
Screen Size6.7 inches (17.02 cm)
Resolution1080 x 2412 pixels
Aspect Ratio20:9
Pixel Density394 ppi
Screen to Body Ratio (calculated)87.79 %
Screen ProtectionCorning Gorilla Glass v5,
Bezel-less displayYes with punch-hole display
Touch ScreenYes, Capacitive Touchscreen, Multi-touch
Refresh Rate120 Hz
Screen to Body Ratio (claimed by the brand)94.2 %

Design

Height163.3 mm Compare Size
Width75.6 mm
Thickness8.2 mm
Weight188 grams
ColoursLe Mans, Silverstone , Cyclonus Black

Camera

Main Camera
Camera SetupTriple
Resolution50 MP f/1.88, Wide Angle (84° field-of-view), Primary Camera(23.6 mm focal length, 1.56" sensor size)8 MP f/2.25, Ultra-Wide Angle Camera(15.4 mm focal length)2 MP f/2.4, Macro Camera(21.8 mm focal length)
SensorExmor-RS CMOS Sensor
AutofocusYes
OISYes
FlashYes, LED Flash
Image Resolution8150 x 6150 Pixels
SettingsExposure compensation, ISO control
Shooting ModesContinuos Shooting
High Dynamic Range mode (HDR)
Camera FeaturesDigital Zoom
Auto Flash
Face detection
Touch to focus
Video Recording3840x2160 @ 30 fps
1920x1080 @ 30 fps
Front Camera
Camera SetupSingle
Resolution16 MP f/2.45, Wide Angle, Primary Camera
Video Recording1920x1080 @ 30 fps
1280x720 @ 30 fps

Battery

Capacity5000 mAh
TypeLi-Polymer
RemovableNo
Quick ChargingYes, Fast, 80W
USB Type-CYes

Storage

Internal Memory128 GB
Expandable MemoryNo
Storage TypeUFS 3.1

Network & Connectivity

SIM Slot(s)Dual SIM, GSM+GSM
SIM SizeSIM1: Nano, SIM2: Nano
Network Support5G, 4G, 3G, 2G
VoLTEYes
SIM 14G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
SIM 24G Bands:TD-LTE 2600(band 38) / 2300(band 40) / 2500(band 41) / 2100(band 34) / 1900(band 39)
FD-LTE 2100(band 1) / 1800(band 3) / 2600(band 7) / 900(band 8) / 700(band 28) / 1900(band 2) / 1700(band 4) / 850(band 5) / 850(band 18) / 850(band 19) / 850(band 26)3G Bands:UMTS 1900 / 2100 / 850 / 900 MHz2G Bands:GSM 1800 / 1900 / 850 / 900 MHz
GPRS:AvailableEDGE:Available
Wi-FiYes, Wi-Fi 802.11, a/ac/ax/b/g/n/n 5GHz
Wi-Fi FeaturesMobile Hotspot
BluetoothYes, v5.2
GPSYes with A-GPS, Glonass
NFCYes
USB ConnectivityMass storage device, USB charging

Multimedia

LoudspeakerYes
Audio JackUSB Type-C
Audio FeaturesDolby Atmos

Sensors

Fingerprint SensorYes
Fingerprint Sensor PositionOn-screen
Fingerprint Sensor TypeOptical
Heart Rate MonitorYes
Other SensorsLight sensor, Proximity sensor, Accelerometer, Compass, Gyroscope

According to the figures, the GT Neo 3 seems to rely on the same camera device as the standard Realme GT 2, powered by the popular 50Mp Sony IMX766 sensor used by Realme, OnePlus, Oppo and others.

It is also reported to be a secondary chipset that supports the Dimensity 8100 or, more precisely, the Mali-G610 MC6 GPU to provide 120 frames per second and improved energy efficiency during gaming in some scenarios.

This feature, which appears to be independent of GT Mode 3.0, has been optimized to work with certain games (initially more than 20) and, as noted by GSMArena, the GT Neo 3 will also be featured in the upcoming national Honor of Kings competition. Demon.

As we mentioned earlier, this very important 150W 'UltraDart' fast charger is 80% Realme's battery health inviolable, much higher than the industry standard and is a very fast charging phone in particular.

Realme GT Neo 3 Flash?

On the eve of the presentation of the GT Neo 3, the leaked TENAA list highlighted the availability of two versions of the GT Neo 3; one (RMX3562) reportedly has a larger capacity battery than the standard Neo 3.

At the time, this other model was designated as the 'GT Neo 3 Flash', but since then it has been released as another SKU of the standard GT Neo 3, but one has an 80 W charger and a larger 5000 mAh battery.

We will update this article regularly as new details about the GT Neo 3 emerge, including its promised international presentation. So check back often for the latest updates

OnePlus Nord 2T,

OnePlus Nord 2T Release Date Price and Features

Rumors are circulating that OnePlus may be on the verge of releasing the first T model for the Nord series of affordable smartphones. That's all we know about the OnePlus Nord 2T so far

When is the release date of the OnePlus Nord 2T?

There is no official word on the launch date of the new Nord 2T from OnePlus, but some sites say April / May is expected. The source of this history is OnLeaks, a well-known technology expert who shared the details of the new device with the Indian technology site 91Mobiles.

Leaker Yogesh Brar agrees, but is a little more specific and points to late April or early May as a possible time frame. It will see the phone go on sale after the OnePlus 10 Pro, but before the Nord 3, 10R and 10 Ultra.

The original OnePlus Nord 2 5G debuted in late July 2021, so the April / May slot doesn't sound too far away.

How much will the OnePlus Nord 2 T cost?

Current rumors suggest that OnePlus will value the Nord 2T in India at between Rs 30,000 and Rs 40,000. This means about 300-400 pounds, 350-480 euros and 400-530 US dollars. We expect there will be several options - OnePlus Nord 2 5G came in these configurations

  • 6GB RAM + 128GB storage: ₹27,999
  • 8GB RAM + 128GB storage: £399/€399/₹29,999/$529
  • 12GB RAM + 256GB storage: £469/€499/₹34,999/$629

We would expect a similar price range for the Nord 2T, as it should be in line with the overall design of the OnePlus phones, which includes possible successors to the new OnePlus Nord CE 2 5G and OnePlus Nord N10 5G.

What new features will we see in the OnePlus Nord 2T?

Again, the OnePlus has not yet confirmed the Nord 2T, but the leaks we see provide enough details about what to expect when the new model arrives.

Processor

Rumor has it that OnePlus is likely to use the new Dimensity 1300 chipset in the Nord 2T. This will be a step up from the Dimensity 1200 on the OnePlus Nord 2 5G, as MediaTek has changed the previous design for more power.

Also, 12 GB of RAM and 256 GB of UFS 3.1 on-board memory can help. On the software side, OxygenOS based on Android 12 will be ordered for 12 days

Display

It is reported that the Nord 2T, as a successful model, has a 6.43-inch Full HD + AMOLED panel with a resolution of 2400x1080. The 90Hz refresh rate should keep things going well, although it may disappoint potential players as some rival phones won't have 120Hz capabilities.

Cameras

Triple optics is the standard tariff behind most mid-range Android phones these days. So it's no surprise that the Nord 2T has a 50Mp main shooter with 8Mp ultra wide and 2Mp monochrome (perhaps for depth) sensors to offer additional photo options. The front camera will use a hole on the screen where the 32-megapixel sensor can take pictures.

It's the same structure as the OnePlus Nord 2 5G, so expect similar performance and capabilities from its predecessor in the camera department.

Battery & charging

Interesting rumors for the new phone are its 4500 mAh battery and 80 W SuperVooc fast charging support at the same speed as the OnePlus 10 Pro. As it is not a flagship, it will not receive the 150W SuperVooc charge announced by its sister company Oppo at MWC 2022.

We will update this article as new details emerge, so be sure to check out our guides on the best mid-range phones and the best OnePlus phones available until then.

OPPO F21 F21 Pro F21 Pro Plus

OPPO F21 F21 Pro F21 Pro Plus

In December, it was announced that OPPO was preparing to launch the OPPO F21, F21 and F21 Pro + smartphones in India. The F21 and F21 Pro + are expected to be released from March 17 to 21, and the F21 Pro later. Tipster Abhishek Yadav recently shared a live image of the OPPO F21 Pro + to look at its design.

The real-life image of the OPPO F21 Pro + shows that it will have a triple camera device. The lower edge of the device has a 3.5 mm audio jack, microphone, USB-C port and speaker grille. The appearance of the device is similar to the recently launched OPPO A96 5G in China.

Equipped with Dimensity 800U, the OPPO F19 Pro + 5G was announced in March 2021. The name of the same device was changed in April 2021 to OPPO A95 5G. The only difference between the two phones was that the former supports 50W fast charging and the latter offers 30W. fast charging In July 2021, the company introduced the OPPO Reno6 Z phone in global markets. The device has a 32-megapixel front camera and a 64-megapixel triple camera. Other features were the same as the F19 Pro + / A95 5G.

Therefore, the OPPO F19 Pro + 5G will most likely be a fine-tuned version of the OPPO A96 5G. It has a 6.43-inch AMOLED FHD + display, a 16-megapixel front camera and a 48-megapixel (main) + 2-megapixel (depth) dual camera block. It is equipped with a Snapdragon 695 chipset, 8 GB of RAM, 256 GB of internal memory and a 4500 mAh battery that supports 33 W fast charging. The upcoming Reno7 Z is expected to be similar to the F21 Pro + and A96 5G.

asus rog phone 6

Asus ROG Phone 6 Specifications Price Features

Asus ROG (Player Republic) phones are some of the best ways to play mobile games, as well as having a premium smartphone.

With the arrival of the Asus ROG Phone 6, we're looking at what to expect when you receive the next update in the series.

When Will The Asus ROG Phone 6 Be Released?

Release dates for ROG phones depend on where you live. For example, the ROG Phone 5S and 5S Pro were released on August 24, 2021, but only in Taiwan.

The previous Asus ROG Phone 5 and 5 Pro went on sale in some parts of Asia in March 2021, but entered wider markets in May. Although the UK saw different configurations of the 5, it did not get the 5 Pro. European customers got both, and in the US there was a single version of the ROG Phone 5

So far, rumors indicate that the ROG Phone 6 will arrive in India and possibly the UK in May 2022. The truth is, we don't know yet.

As a rough guide, there are times when ROG phones debuted here, but still different regions mean that there is currently no definite date to wear your hat. One thing to note was the lack of ROG Phone 4, as this number is considered a failure in China.

If you can't install it until next year, take a look at our table of the best gaming phones to see what other options are worth considering.

How Much Will The Asus ROG 6 Cost?

There is no exact price as the model has not yet been approved by Asus. We can take a look at how the previous models were ranked to let us know why you might have to pay when ROG Phone 6 finally arrives.

Using Taiwanese prices as a guide, we see that the last two generations (5 and 5S) have more or less the same price tags. The standard 5 and 5S costs 29,990 TWD, while the 5S Pro costs 37,990 TWD. There was no 5 Pro, instead Asus chose the 5 Ultimate, which cost 36,990 TWD.

Since the ROG Phone 5 is priced at £ 799 / $ 999 in the UK and US (respectively, there is no official release of the 5S in these regions at the time of writing), the 6 seems to do the same. As always, if Pro / Ultimate editions are available in your area, you will have to pay more for those editions.

We have seen several sites in India like GadgetsNow that prices will be 59,999 Rs for ROG Phone 6 and 79,948 Rs for Ultimate version, so if you live there, there is something to keep in mind.

What About The Specifications And Design Of The ROG Phone 6?

We have a potential look at the design of the next ROG Phone, and it comes from an unusual source: one of Asus' other phones.

The Zenfone 8 Android 12 update definitely includes a secret view of something similar to the ROG Phone 6 - either included by accident, or like a purposeful Easter egg for loyal fans.

It's not a radically modified design, but it does have a larger camera module with a flash next to the three lenses and a larger rear screen that extends to the middle of the phone.

This may be a more conceptual sketch than the actual design developed by Asus, but it at least gives us a look at the designs the company is considering.

As for the interior, ROG Phones are designed primarily for gamers, so you can be sure that they will assemble some serious equipment.

The current ROG Phone 5S and 5S Pro are equipped with the fastest Qualcomm Snapdragon 888 Plus processors available on the platform. It has been replaced by Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, which should bring improved performance to an already very fast silicone piece.

Asus ROG Phone 6

The ROG Phone 5S series has a touch speed of 360Hz, which puts it behind one of its biggest competitors, 400Hz (Red Magic 6). We can't allow Asus to continue with this, so we hope that when the new model arrives, it will catch up or surpass this figure.

The YouTube channel Tech 11 has released an excellent concept video for the ROG Phone 6, which looks like a fantastic shopping list but looks good.

The standard 6.78-inch screen on 5S models is unlikely to be larger for the ROG Phone 6. a point.

Expect the same spectacular FHD + AMOLED panel with a 144Hz refresh rate and a large 6000mAh battery to allow you to enjoy long gaming sessions.

As with the 5S, rumors suggest that the best feature will offer 18GB of RAM and 512GB of UFS 3.1 memory, and will be available in a variety of configurations, starting at 8GB / 128GB. You also need 5G, Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.2 to meet all your connection needs.

The cameras on the 5S consisted of a 64Mp Sony IMX686 sensor, 13Mp 125 degrees ultra wide and 5Mp macro. True, some of these may be compatible with the larger sensors offered by other phones, but by focusing on gaming performance rather than optics, we think it will remain a configuration in the Rog Phone 6.

Of course, there are still many features and specifications to confirm, so we will update this article regularly as new information becomes available. In the meantime, take a look at our guide to the best smartphones to see what the Asus ROG Phone 6 has to offer.

Vivo X80

Vivo X80 Specs Release Date Latest News

Vivo is working hard to create the next generation of flagship smartphones, which will be called the Vivo X80 series.

Rumors are circulating about what to expect from X80 phones and when they will arrive. This is what we have dug up so far

When Will The Vivo X80 Be Released?

There is no official word from Vivo as to when the X80 will arrive, but it is likely to take some time - as the Vivo X70 series only went on sale in September 2021. It is unknown at this time in which regions the device will go on sale. Although the X70 Pro and Pro + are available in the subcontinent, the standard X70 is from India.

North America is unlikely to see any of the X80 series, but we hope to see them in the UK and mainland Europe. This may not be the case as we have not seen any traces of the X70 series so far. We should hope that the company that previously launched the X60 Pro in the European market will pass a generation.

When we look at the last few models, we can see that the release period of Vivo devices is slightly shorter than some of its competitors.

  • Vivo X70 – September 2021 (China and India)
  • Vivo X60 – December 2020 (China) and March 2021 (Global)
  • Vivo X50 – June 2020 (China) and July 2021 (Global)

Between about six and nine months between the new generation, we saw the X80 series arrive in the summer of 2022.

How Much Will The Vivo X80 Cost?

As of the date of release, we still do not have official information about what the X80 series will cost. Of course, the previous generation gives us a clue, here are the prices of X70 devices

X70: 3,699 yen (approximately £ 415 / $ 575)
X70 Pro: From 4,299 Yen / 46,990 Yen (approximately £ 470-480 / 630- $ 670)
X70 Pro +: 5,499 yen / 79,990 yen (approximately £ 615-800 / $ 850-1,075)

Prices remain approximate for the X70 series, as it has not yet been introduced to the UK or European market.

The only price leak so far for the X80 series comes from leak @ Shadow_Leak, which predicts a really pretty sharp price increase. Expect the X80 Pro to start at 5,699 yen and the X80 Pro + starting at 6,499 yen - making these phones at least £ 120 / $ 150 more expensive than their predecessors.

What Features Should We Expect In The Vivo X80?

Nothing has been confirmed yet, and with the three X80 phones on the road, it's not always clear what features belong to which model, but we're doing our best to make them clearer.

Vivo X80

So far, we can't believe we haven't seen any obvious leaks, especially those referring to the X80 base.

Although GizChina has published a story about the leaking features on the X80, many details have been proven to be compatible with the subsequent X80 Pro leak, so we believe this may actually be the model referred to here.

Vivo X80 Pro

The X80 Pro is perhaps the most well-known phone. @Shadow_Leak not only provided a list of specifications for the phone, but also closely matches the previous GizChina leak.

A notable detail is that the Vivo will use the new MediaTek Dimensity 9000 chipset built in the 4nm process. This chip will most likely be accompanied by 6 or 8 GB of LPDDR5 RAM and 128 or 256 GB of UFS 3.1 memory.

A phone that is likely to be the X80 Pro has appeared on several comparison sites that confirm some of the above features. The model, code-named V2186A, runs on a Dimensity 9000 with 12 GB of RAM and 512 GB of memory. It also has a 120Hz display and runs on Android 12 - not a big surprise

Although the actual benchmark scores are impressive. 1,072,221 on AnTuTu is one of the highest scores ever recorded, while the Geekbench 5 multi-core 4,191 score surpassed all Android phones we tested at Tech Advisor - the 81st-generation S22 +, including the Samsung Exynos 2200 and Snapdragon.

All of them will have a 6.78-inch, FHD +, 120 Hz 10-bit AMOLED screen. When it comes to power, expect a fast 80 W wired charger with a 4700 mAh battery and a 50 W wireless charger.

Both GizChina and Shadow_Leak agree that the phone will use a 50Mp main camera, probably a f / 1.4 aperture lens, and a Sony IMX789 sensor paired with optical image stabilization (OIS) - most likely Vivo's five-axis gimbal stabilization.

This will be accompanied by a 12Mp IMX663 ultra-wide camera, a 12Mp IMX663 2x magnification portrait lens and a 12Mp IMX663 periscope with 10x hybrid magnification - which probably means 5x optics. All of this will be equipped with a special Vivo V1 image signal processor, such as a 32 Mp selfie camera.

Vivo X80 Pro+

The X80 Pro + will offer several key changes to the regular Pro.

The first will use the main competitor of the Dimensity 9000, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chip, which will strengthen the phone - a chip that will appear in a number of phones in 2022. It will be equipped with up to 12 GB of RAM and 512 GB of memory.

The screen will be similar, but will offer a higher QHD + resolution and will use LTPO 2.0 technology for dynamic update speeds. Although he is not a professional, he will be crooked.

At 4700mAh and 80W wired and 50W wireless speeds, the battery and charging will remain the same.

Still, the cameras are getting a big improvement. Although the two magnification lenses are the same, the main camera switches to a superior 50Mp GN1 sensor at a wider f / 1.3 aperture. It gets a bigger boost for the ultra-wide, 48Mp IMX598 sensor, and even the selfie camera gets a resolution of up to 44Mp.

Other minor improvements to the Pro + include IP68 ratings, stereo speakers and x-axis linear motor touches.

Of course, we will update this article as we get more details, so check back periodically and see what we find. By the way, you can also read about the best Vivo phones and the best phones for a number of decent alternatives.

Google Pixel Fold Release Date Price Features News

Google Pixel Fold Release Date Price Features News

Folding devices, Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3, Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 3, Huawei Mate X2 and Moto Razr 5G promise great for the future.

Now, with the launch of the Google Pixel in 2022, there are rumors that Google may be preparing for its entry into this emerging market - although some reports suggest that the foldable phone has been eliminated instead.

We summarize all the news and speculation about Google's first foldable device

When Will Pixel Fold Be Released?

There is no exact information about the release date yet, as Google has not even confirmed the release of the foldable device.

In 2020, 9to5Google reported seeing leaked internal documents from Google claiming that a foldable device will appear in the fourth quarter of 2021; This prediction was repeated by Ross Young, Jon Prosser, and Korea's The Elec. This clearly did not happen and the presentation of the Pixel 6 series came and went without any twists.

9to5Google later found a code referring to the phrase "Pixel 2022 Foldable", which confirms that the Pixel Fold Un launches at least this year.

The phone is expected to be unveiled in the spring of 2022, possibly on May 11-12 at Google's I / O design conference. Recent rumors point to an ad for the Pixel Watch that month - or more precisely, May 26 - perhaps pointing to an ad next to the mid-range Pixel 6a, so that month looks like the best time to advertise.

Still, not everyone thinks we will see it soon. Ross Young, a screen industry analyst, said the foldable panel "will begin production at 3Q'22 and go on sale in the 4'22 quarter," adding that "it's probably October." This means a release with the flagship Pixel 7 instead of the 6a.

According to a separate report from 9to5Google, the phone may be available in US stores before other markets due to problems with the availability of components. The site says it has heard that the phone will go on sale internationally by the end of 2022, raising expectations that it will go on sale in October.

Is Pixel Fold Canceled?

There were some speculations that the pixel fold was abolished.

"Google has decided not to launch the Fold," said Ross Young, an expert in the display industry.

Young said Google was concerned that "the product will not be as competitive as it should be" because it will primarily face Samsung in a small market that faces higher costs than its main competitors.

Although this seems impossible. Young has since announced the return of the Pixel Fold, and although the company has canceled part orders, Young may be in a bit of a hurry to announce that the phone has been canceled altogether.

What Will The Foldable Pixel Be Called?

Frankly, we have no idea - but most people online are starting to call it the Pixel Fold.

9to5Google says it will be called the Pixel Notepad instead, but admits it's just a "working brand name," so it may still change.

The only thing we know from Google is the phone's internal code names: Passport and Pipit

Passport was discovered in various bits of Android code, including the first public beta of Android 12, as revealed by 9to5Google. The phone is believed to be associated with the Japanese version of the GPQ72 appeared with the model number.

It should be noted that this is not conclusive evidence that the Pixel Fold will be released. The same list includes the model number for "Pinfish", the 2019 Pixel code name, which is believed to be linked to the never-before-seen 5G Pixel 4 model. Since the Needlefish was never released, the Passport model number shown here doesn't prove anything - but it does prove that Google is working on a phone that can at least be folded.

Recently, "Pipit" appeared in the Camera software code, Geekbench list, and parts of the Android 12L beta, and 9to5Google believes that this is the new code name for the same foldable Pixel phone.

What about the Second Pixel Fold?

Before we go too far, it's worth touching on the rumors about the second Pixel Foldable. Originally announced by 9to5Google, the phone is known only as "Jumbojack", now codenamed as Android 12.1, a mid-range software update designed to add more significant foldable phone support to Android 12.

The phone has two screens, one of which cannot be used when the device is folded (which makes sense) and when closed. We don't know if it's an actual device designed for general availability, or just a device used by Google to test Android 12.1, but the code suggests the first to mark it as a Pixel device.

As for the name, 9to5Google notes that this is probably a reference to a cheeseburger from the Jack in the Box chain. The site even suggests that this could be a hint of the "hamburger" folding format of phones like the Z Flip 3, rather than the "hot dog" style of the Z Fold 3, but it could be a little more.

How much will the Google Pixel Foldable cost?

This is another area that we do not know much about. There is no past record to continue, and the price for this class of device is still somewhat unclear. One thing is for sure, it will not be cheap.

9to5Google's reports released a price tag along with a rumored name and release strategy, and the site said Google had a "target price" of $ 1,400 for the Pixel Notepad in the United States.

If true, this would be impressive, as it would make the phone's main competitor, the Galaxy Z Fold 3, $ 400 cheaper. This will no doubt be enough to stop Samsung from thinking, and it could force the Korean technology giant to lower prices for the upcoming Galaxy Z Fold 4.

In any case, any folding device that Google will launch in 2022 will probably start at more than a thousand dollars, so you can start using an old piggy bank in preparation.

What Features Will Google Pixel Foldable Have?

Obviously, the main addition to the Pixel feature set will be a kind of folding screen. This seems to be a book-style approach adopted by the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 and Huawei Mate X2, rather than the vertical cover orientation used by the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 3 and Motorola Razr 5G.

Proper installation of the screen will be very important, because we have already seen how difficult it is to prevent wrinkles in places where the screen is folded or the panels are completely out of order, as in the original Samsung Galaxy Z Fold.

Elec says Samsung is selling folding screens to Google, along with Xiaomi and Oppo, for the new devices. According to the report, Google has received a foldable 7.6-inch OLED, the same size as used in Fold 2 and Fold 3.

In the next report, Elec stands behind this estimate and adds that the screen will use an ultra-thin glass (UTG) coating. This is the technology that Samsung has used in all foldable products since the initial Z Fold, and it's no surprise to see UTG included as Samsung introduces the screen here.

Android 12L beta 2 even includes animations that reveal the rough shape used by Google

Two animations detected by 9to5Google show how to insert a SIM card into the device (the latter indicates that the phone is turned off). We can see that this is a large book-style folding, but interestingly, the aspect ratio is closer to the square shape of the Oppo Find N than any of Samsung's Z-Fold designs, which can help differentiate Google's folding design. appears. when western markets enter the market.

There are several different ways Google can choose from the features left over from the first folding release. In terms of chipsets, the company will re-use the home-made Tensor chip, which debuted in the Pixel 6 series, instead of returning to the Qualcomm Snapdragon chip - it seems safe to assume that Google will stick to as much silicone as possible. after this.

This was supported by a Geekbench 4 list for a phone called "Google Pipit" - note that this is one of the expected code names for Pipit Fold.

The list does not name the Tensor chip, but it does list an eight-core ARM chip with a base speed of 1.8 GHz and a peak speed of 2.8 GHz. The sensor is an eight-core ARM chip with four efficiency cores at 1.8 GHz and two fastest chips at 2.8 GHz, so it is a perfect match. It is here with 12 GB of RAM and, as you might expect, works with Android 12.

Thanks to the 9to5Google report, which reveals the Pipit code name mentioned above, we think we know a little more about the phone's camera features. The site found code that identified four camera sensors believed to be used in the folding camera: a 12.2Mp IMX363, a 12Mp IMX386, and two 8Mp IMX335 sensors. The last two are labeled "internal" and "external", which makes you think that they are for several selfie shooters.

In context, this actually looks like a return to the camera features used before the last Pixel 6 upgrade. The IMX363 is the same sensor used for the main camera on the Pixel 3, 4 and 5, while the IMX335 is the same sensor used for selfie cameras at up to 6 pixels, although not on the 6 Pro. The IMX386 is also available on the Pixel 6, which is used to amplify ultra-wide angles.

Compared to the 6 and 6 Pro, lowering the camera can be frustrating for some - at least in terms of the main sensor - but it makes sense. Improved features on these phones required the infamous camera panel, but such an excellent solution would not work on a folding phone that could be thick enough when folded. Also, Pixel cameras have never been dumb - so in fact, the return to the Pixel 5 will still be strong enough, especially if it is equipped with a new Tensor chip.

Another possibility is that Google is tracking Samsung's foldable under-camera plans. LetsGoDigital has found a Google patent for a new technology that uses a portable mirror that points to the camera lens or second screen under the screen. So, when you need a camera, the light is reflected on the lens, and when you do not need it, the camera light is reflected from the auxiliary screen to fill the gap.

There is no good reason to believe that both patents are for the upcoming foldable model and can only be applied to the Pixel 7 series or later phones, but there is hope that at least one flagship can be folded.

The phone will also benefit from software improvements, including Android 12L, a new version of Android that will increase support for large-screen devices such as tablets and foldable devices.

The preview of the developer Android 12L gives us an idea of ​​what to expect from the Pixel Fold software. Google has demonstrated advanced split screen support for all Android apps, two-column notification shadows and control center layouts, and a desktop-type taskbar - all of which we can expect to see on the Pixel Fold's big screen.

If you can't wait to get the latest smartphone technology, check out our guide on the best phones to come in 2021 and 2022.

Google Pixel 6a Full phone specs

Google Pixel 6a Full Phone Specs

Late last year, Google introduced the Pixel 6 series smartphone, which has an obvious drawback: 6a

As with the last few generations where the 4a and 5a have overtaken their more expensive siblings, the Pixel 6a is highly anticipated and may be the phone most people think of when looking at affordable but high-end Android devices.

All the news and rumors we have seen so far about Google Pixel 6a

When Will Google Pixel 6a Be Released?

There is almost no official information about the Pixel 6a from Google, but the leaks give us some ideas.

Max Jambor, who is usually a reliable tipster, says it will go on sale on May 6a. This is when Google is holding an I / O conference scheduled for May 11-12. Pixel had previously sold a series of products there, so it would make sense to see the 6a come to this year's event.

John Prosser, a different leak source, also said the Pixel Watch would go on sale on May 26, but warned that the 6a wouldn't agree - the phone could be delayed until the end of July due to a chip shortage. . , perhaps along with the much-rumored Pixel foldable phone. It is also possible to see the 6a presented in I / O, but it will not be on sale in July or later.

According to Android Police, both the 6a and the Watch appeared on the back of an unnamed U.S. carrier inventory system, adding to expectations that the release was almost in the corner - but there is no specific date for the leak.

Release dates of previous models are given here for reference

  • Google Pixel 5a - August 2021 (North America and Japan only)
  • Pixel 4a - August 2020
  • Google Pixel 3a - May 2019

There is another warning. In the UK, Europe and most other markets, we have never seen the Pixel 5a due to its limited release. We don't know if we will wait for 6a to reach only a few markets by following this example, or if we will return to proper global sales.

Oh, and if you want to confirm that the Pixel 6a is definitely on the way, Google accidentally included a reference to the phone in a coloring book it sent to the Pixel Superfans group. Droid Life took photos of the book, which included the name Pixel 6a in the table of contents - unfortu